Skip to main content

Full text of "The Scofield Bible correspondence school : course of study, vol. 1: the Old Testament"

See other formats







a 
i : 
dq \ 
i 
! 
Poe 
3 % i 
3 , 
z 
z ‘ 
eae y i 
ei 
| ‘ 
ee 
ay 
| 
j WN \ 
ae i ay 
| A 
| CAA 
: AAA 
‘Se aN AAA \ SA 
| PES RRS ERR AAC ‘i 
} EN ; : 4 . ‘ ve ANN, i AAS wn os Ny 
RARER : SESS : EAN RRR 
: SRA : Ny : . . ‘ NS PAREN \\\ AN St 
° SY RRS R WN 
SAS RO \\ 
\ ACN 
RRO \ RS 
Shs) RN 
AN NN 
Sh EES ARN AS 
WA AN we 
UNS 
y : ww 
\ 
: . 


Ke 
ETL: 





PLS ISCO OALED EG POL 


poe 


a... 





RRA 
SN 
NN 


SS 








SA WN 
\ 
. \ 


SSS 


AN 


AS 
\ 
\\ 


WW 


\S 
\ 


\ 
‘S 





SY 


A N Sa 
SON aN WAS ‘ 
As \\\ \ 
QU 
NO NN S YY tN 
RAO ARN SNORE CEL CEES NIUE A URN SEA UR NET ARSENE SOON SON SANE RONON 


SOOO 


WOW 





ANN 


NNN 


WON 


SNARANS 








CD66 Seaz9s v. i 





Scefield, C. #E7EO 
The Scofield Bible 
cearrespandence schacl 


Seminary CD66 Sco29s c.1 
ego] be +;  . 110105 000 


TT 


9311 00081887 8 
orate COLL/SEM-MORGAN LIBRARY 




















































































































SCOFIELD 


2 Ga pondeice School 


COURSE OF STUDY. 
Vol. I. 


THE OLD TESTAMENT. 


By Ie SCOrIEED ADAD: 





BIBLE INSTITUTE OF LOS ANGELES 
Los Angeles, California 





NINTH EDITION 


Copyright 1907, by C. I. SCOFIELD 


GRACE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 
: WINONA LAKE, INDIANA 





SECTION I. 


THE SCRIPTURES. 


INSTRUCTIONS TO STUDENTS. 


1. The Course of Study is divided into seven sections, 
and it is required that the sections be studied in order. No 
examination out of this order can be received. 

When you have completed the study of a Section or Part, 
write out the answers (following the printed instructions) 
and return the examination in the return envelope. 

2. You should procure a good Bible. 

3. It will be found advantageous for two or more to study 
together. 

4. ALWAYS look out the Scripture references; Deke 
and not the printed lessons, are the real subject of study. 

5. Never leave a lesson until you understand it. 

6. I difficulties arise, write to The Scofield Bible Cor- 
respondence School, P. O. Box 502, New York, N. Y., U.S. A. 

?. If your examinations are erroneous, but indicate real 
effort on your part, your errors will be pointed out and the 
opportunity given for a supplementary examination. 

8. Answers must be written on one side of common note 
paper. 

9. Number the answers to correspond with the numbers 
of the questions, but do not copy the questions. 

10. Examinations rolled, written on both sides, or in pen- 
cil, will be returned unread; also if incomplete. 

11. Stamps must be sent with examinations, the return of 
which is desired, otherwise they will be destroyed after in- 
spection. Foreign students should remit postal order instead 
of stamps. 

12. Where answers are required to be from memory, the 
student must use neither the Scripture nor the lesson outlines. 
In all other cases, the same ves but not the lesson outlines, 
may be used. 


1 indie 








INSTRUCTIONS TO STUDENTS. 5 


13. At the end of the Course you will receive a diploma if 
ninety per cent of the answers are correct. The graduation ex- 
amination will be sent when the final Course examination is ac- 
cepted. 

14. If an unexplained interval of six months shall elapse 
without the return of an examination, the student’s connec- 
tion with the school will cease. 


15. Full name and address of student must be written on 
both the examination and envelope. 

16. Stamps should be inclosed in smaller envelope, which 
must be pinned to first page of examination. 


6 _- THE COURSE OF. STUDY. 


COURSE OF STUDY. 


SECTION I. THE SCRIPTURES. 


1. InspiraTion: Irs NATURE AND EXTENT. 
a. The testimony of Christ and of the writers, 
6b. The proof from fulfilled prophecy. 
2. Fur Divisions OF THE SCRIPTURES. 
(1) Structural or outward. 
a. Into Testaments. 
b. Into books (dates and writers). 
c. Into groups of books. 
(2) Spiritual—divisions by subject-matter. 
a. Dispensational divisions. 
b. Ethnic divisions (Jew, Gentile, etc. ). 
c. Miscellaneous divisions (Saved and unsaved, 
salvation and rewards, standing and state, etc.). 
3. ‘THE INTERPRETATION OF SCRIPTURE. 
a. Typical Scriptures. 
6. Historical Scriptures. 
c. Prophetical Scriptures. 


SECTION II. THE: STUDY OF THE SCRIPTURES, 

1. How Tostupy THE PENTATEUCH AND HISTORICAL Books. 
a. EP Vpes: 
6. Narratives. 
c. Prophetical portions. 

2. How To sTuDY THE POETICAL Books. 
a. In general. 
b. Special books (Job, Canticles, etc. ). 

3. How TO STUDY THE PROPHETICAL Books. 

4, How To stupy THE GOSPELS. 


a. Matthew. . 

b. Mark. \ 
¢.. Luke. 

2. .2\obn, 








5. 
6. 


THE COURSE OF STUDY. 7 


How To stupy THE ACTS AND EPISTLES, 
How TO stuDY THE REVELATION. 


SECTION III. THE GREAT WORDS OF SCRIPTURE. 


1-Sin; 2—-Sacrifice; 3-Atonement; 4-Redemption; 5—Pro- 

pitiation; 6—Reconciliation; 7-Righteousness; 8-Repentance; 

9-Conversion; 10—Faith; 11—Justification; 12—-Assurance; 13 

—Sanctification; 14-Life; 15-Forgiveness; 16—Glory; 17—Re- 

_ ward; 18—-Punishment; 19—World; 20-Church; 21-Kingdom; 
22—Sonship; 23-—Adoption, etc. — | 


SECTION IV. GOD — FATHER, SON AND HOLY 


be 


SPIRIT. 
Tue FaTuHEr. . 
a. Old Testament names of God. ‘ 
6. The New Testament doctrine of the Fatherhood. 


Tue Lorp Jesus Curist. 
a. His deity—Lord. 
6. His humanity—Jesus. 
c. His offices—Christ. 
(1) His prophetic office. 
(2) His priestly office. 
Sacrificer. 
Intercessor. 
Advocate. 
(3) His kingly office. 


- Tuer Hoty Spirit. 


a. Personality. 
b. Deity. 
c. Offices. 


SECTION V. THE SAINTS. 


es 
2. 


Wuat THEY WERE. The scriptural doctrine of man. 


WHAT THEY ARE, | 

a. By the new birth. 
b. By adoption. 

c. By appointment. 
d. By destiny. 


§ 


THE COURSE OF STUDY. 


SECTION VI. THE SERVICE OF SAINTS. 


1. THe ENABLING. 


rll 
b. 


Gifts of the Spirit. 
The guidance of the Lord. 


2. Tuer ConpbDiTIONS OF FRUITFUL SERVICE. 


xs Q5 Sk 


Abiding. 
Cleansing. 
Filling. 
Prayer. 
Obedience. 


3. Tue MINISTRY OF THE WORD. 


a. 


b. 


C~” 


The use of the Bible in personal work. 
What to preach. 
How to preach. 


SECTION VII. THE FUTURE. 


1. PROPHETICAL EPOCHS. 


“SMP AH SS 


“2 OD 


RON AS 


The times of the Gentiles. 
The day of the Lord. 

The last days. 

The great tribulation. 
The millennium. 

The eternal state. 


ROPHETICAL EVENTS. 


The fullness of the Gentiles. 

The parousia of Christ. 

(1) The first resurrection. 

(2) The rapture of the Church. 

(3) The bema of Christ. 

(4) The marriage of the Lamb. 

The glorious appearing. 

The judgment of the nations. 

The Millennium. 

The loosing of Satan and the revolt of the nations. 
The judgment of the great white throne. 





a) poit-iy7 vy Sauk. &: 6-21; 
Crocs. aka ,, 


Ee Oe 
and UG = 
are 


= nie is, i pee | 





INSPIRATION. 9 


LESSON. I. 





The Nature and Extent of the Inspiration of the 
Scriptures. 


I. THE TESTIMONY OF CHRIST. 


THE ARGUMENT.—Jesus Christ knew whether the Scriptures were true, 
inspired and authoritative. He knew the writers. Whatever he said about 
the Scriptures is therefore true and final to every believer. 


1. THe O_p TESTAMENT. 
a. The [losaic authorship and inspiration of the Penta- 
teuch. 

Matt. xxii. 23-32. Note ‘‘Moses said"’ (verse 24), 
‘“‘The Scriptures” (verse 29), and ‘‘spoken unto you 
by God” (verse 31). Ex. Ba Gey 

Mark vii. 8-13. Connect ‘‘commandment of God” 
(verse 9) with ‘‘Moses said” (verse 10). Cx. 

Mark xii. 26. ‘‘Book of Moses;” ‘‘Gop spakKE unto 
him.” 

John v. 46. ‘‘Moses * * * wrote of ME.” 

Luke xvi. 29-31. 

Luke xxiv. 25-27, 44, 45. 

John xvii. 17. ‘*Thy word is truth.” 

&. The miraculous narratives of the Old Testament are 
true. fey 3 

Creation, Matt. xix. 4. Mads inet Seale + aXe. 

The flood. Luke xvii. 27. ‘‘The flood came.” 

Destruction of Sodom. Luke xvii. 29. 

Lot’s wife. Luke xvii. 32. 

Jonah. Matt. xii. 40. ‘‘Jonas was * * * in the whale’s 
belly.” 

Naaman. Luke iv. 27.. ‘‘Was cleansed.” 








IO INSPIRATION. 


¢. The Psalms and prophetical books are inspired. wy ft [bm 


Mark xii. 36. ‘‘David said by the Holy Ghost.” Vs. i of 
Luke iv. 17-21.* ‘“Phis day * * * fulfilled,” ——— - -———=> 
Matt. xxiv. 15. ‘‘Daniel the prophet.”’ : 


2. Tue New TESTAMENT. 

Not one word of the New Testament had been written 
when Christ departed from the earth; but we have His ex- 
press authority for receiving it as the inspired word of God 

a. He said plainly that He would leave the revelation &. 
truth unfinished. 

John xvi 22 Gi VAIO Sea 7 

6. He promised that this reveiation should be completed 

after His departure. 
John xvi. 13. 

c. He chose certain persons to receive such additional 
revelations, and to be His witnesses, preachers and 
teachers after His departure. 

John xvi. 13; John xv. 27; Actsi. 8; Matt. xxviii. 19, 
20} Acts dxiol5:17oit¥Orohty nade 

ad. Knowing beforehand what they would write, He 
gave their words precisely the same authority as His 
own. 

Matt. x. 14,15. ‘‘Your word.” 

Luke x. 16. ‘‘Heareth vou, heareth ME.” 
John xiii. 20. WLetk .1014/F9,20. 
John xvii. 20. ‘*Through their word ” 


yao 
3. THe EXTENT TO WHICH THE BIBLE IS INSPIRED. 5 wy . 
a. The testimony of Christ. | gov een 
john xiv. 10. ‘‘The words.” 
— John xvii. 8. ‘‘The words.” — 9 


. P 

John vi. 63. ‘“The words.” yon raed hit es 
John viii. 47. The words.” “J, royce." 
John xii. 48. ‘‘My words.” 
Matt. v. 18. ‘‘Jot"—“titt ere gpd 

b, The testimony of the writers. Whe. 2 are 12.70, 27. 
Moses. Exodus iv/ 10-12; xxxiv. 27. re [$:20, 
David. 2 Sam. Eee 2. 






oe ify 0! ‘ot aoe (2 bp dak Ks than Ee Dx Warns 


ni One ae On ei had Aa a Mr ofes, or a Aree ; 
hae & rac AS pe Qettarcs Lyeo. a oe 9 EN way. 2 vr Wc ee nL aee ae 
ade & Laem RO-CY, Gtharc. a8 : 


U ) yee 





aX. 3: lL. Mekt + pm 


eee Ee eee ee ee ee 


ee SS ee 








Se Cie a OS bce aes % 
Sa i. ATO L& ny oe Mor SQ) B, 
er YY : : ere ee ie 
~ > 2 7 





| | : ‘ ; A as 
i ee te aie 48 > iy . ' ' % a 
i ia Bee 7 = f : ‘Dee gee 
a ‘ } J 7 . P ¥ os ew ee 


Sige we timses © ‘ For DVS OL ee 
fee 2 ved Gueroh Wan cots 
See io aay aa ORE OH 
Cys gore! As ne 

Segue sya 
deere a ee te SAL OAS or ak Po may et oi | 


ON OO Ay ae ae Shy cteecbe orks une q 


a 


L eran ee , pis GLa oe 8 eee 

? Ne Errees err eAZ onl 
a: sbarenas (Doak? 2 fra 

| Pe te pe - fire yo as as Gop poke 
ey ena heka 2% oo oe oon, CY oj 





















Hs as 48) ee 
ESET +0 f Ou ox barek 


Bhan! Sue Uke tha mrerttrals cnapirakr o» 










eri sand neat 





Ch So EL LS ieee WSS ae 
Va deuktt 23 meee La Adplier Mise anck 
Plas in, Rola tie th § urath J aw atkal 
WO FrOefe” 






= Se Ce eonecph, “Of ar "ON On d Carer ae | 
Ue VOW ADB Utah LT: caer Steer Urcel, eee : 

aye ct oh J acl Us ness orp eat Cor / AB 5 a | 
AC s as ¢ ; 


ar gl. bates Mame ae ae reo CR Up j scat 
—— WAM uw j Pal a ae 
ae tian eg cer Fees hae 


pol ann CW RanLp core : est oi ewe | 
; Ooxeh hint ot, Jreanely and wp s Srv 


eo eee Ves ons Caged Af le " poe 


; : Ss LAD eigeaael: heed : 

: ths. Aiatin Mad erirtknie OST: A WAS sf ‘ 
LE alee UA niger poe Pes 
| 2 eer wh, Ch Ci A Sai ee 

: aek pres £. to ieee ex ee a eae 


: ats At Br Gan OM Dee RR. 
; a eo Yea STE OVS 2_ VP aQMe chk AK 


Us M2a Feaka 





ee ees. 

Pps 

BK 2 ve INSPIRATION. II 
beg ia 

a fal Solomon. Proverbs xxx. 6. 

Se vy Isaiah vi. 5-8. 

| @*y > Jeremiah i. 7; xxxvi. 1, 2. ~ 

pj. Zech. vii. 7. ." | 

aa 3 | _Balaam. Numbers xxii. 38: xxiii. 12-16: Ran 32:8 
: & > Fault" Cori? to) yee ye ose ISB] SS 

: as ‘3 Christ. John xiv. 10; viii. 40; xvii. 8. 

aye: 3 eae 3- eo Revised SS SN BO he Fe 46 ee 
F We conclude, ete hte gaa the testimony of Christ, and of 


the writers themselves, that the Scriptures are verbally in- 
spired—that the Holy Spirit gave the words. The notion that 
‘the inspiration is in the concept,’”’ and not in the words, is 
contrary to the express declaration of the witnesses who knew. 





HESSON--IT. 


The Nature and Extent of the Inspiration of the 
Scriptures.—Continued. 





‘Il. THE PROOF FROM FULFILLED PROPHECY. 


THE ARGUMENT.—If the Scriptures contain predictions of future events ut- 
tered so long before the events transpired that no merely human sagacity or 
foresight could have anticipated them, and if these predictions are so de- 
tailed, minute, and specific as to exclude the possibility that they are mere 
guesses; and if these ancient, elaborate, and specific predictions have been 
fulfilled with literal exactness, under circumstances which forbid the theory 
that the prediction suggested the fulfillment, then we must say that such 
predictions are superhuman—that is, inspired. But the Scriptures contain 
hundreds of predictions concerning Israel, the land of Canaan, Babylon, 
Assyria, Egypt, and numerous personages, so ancient, so singular, so 
seemingly improbable, as well as so detailed and definite that no mortal 
could have guessed or anticipated them; and these predictions have been 
fulfilled by the elements, and by men who were ignorant of them, or who 















12 INSPIRATION. 


utterly disbelieved them, or who struggled with frantic desperation to avert_ 


their fulfillment. We therefore say the Scriptures areinspired. ‘‘Prophecy 
came not in olden time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as 
they were moved by the Holy Ghost.” 2 Peter i. 21. ~ 


s ar yo Aq 


% 


RA 
olrnrfe 


B Gta 
.- a at 


SS ee eee eee eee 


. 


sche 
caus 
Am 
Ki vte 


‘ 
. 


Pig 


a. The Egyptian bondage and deliverance. 


€ 


1. FULFILLED PROPHECIES CONCERNING THE JEWISH rise 


Laonmns 













Gen. xv. 18 with Exodus i. 13, 14. ae 3 
Gen. xv. 14 with Exodus xii. 27-41. nt 3 5 < 
6. The apostasy. | 3 


ee Ondk lreree 
(ie as 


Deut. xxviii. 15, 37, 62-67 with 2 Kings xvii. 5-7. 3 


bari 


A ow 


Deut. xxviii. 45, 49, 53 with 2 Kings vi. 24-29. $3 ‘ % 

Mer acim — Levit. xxvi. 15, 31-33 with 2 Kings xxv. 1-11. i) rf 
Dan. ix. 11, 12.  S$533 op eh 

Isa, vi. 9, 10. : 33 2 , Ee : 
Deut. xxviii. 32-41. J oo 57 
Hosea iii. 4; $2% + §2:°7. ire 72 hee 

os4 
Tees 


— 2. FULFILLED PROPHECIES CONCERNING BABYLON. 
Jer. li. whole chapter, especially verses 8, 11, 28, g s 
CoO 


20, ole oo; oF . Ps 5. : 
Jaa.12 tQg-22; (53:2) 


tan 
2 


3. FULFILLED PROPHECIES CONCERNING ASSYRIA, ce 
Isa. vii. 17-20 with 2 Kings xviii. 9-13. 
Isa. x. 12-24. 


4, FuLFILLED PROPHECIES CONCERNING CHRIST. 


Gen. iii, 15 with Luke ii. 7; Gal. iv. 4. 
Isa. vii. 14 with Matt. i. 21-23. 
Gen. xli. 3 with Heb. ii. 16, 17. 


6. His divinity. 


ust w 


a. His humanity. | 
/ 

Isa. ix. 6 with Matt. xvii. 5. | 
) 


Psa. ii, 7, 8 with John x. 30. 


Zech, xiii. 7 with Phil. ii. 6. 
¢. His lineage. 
a Gen. xii. 3 with Gal. iii. 16. 
Gen. xxi. 12 with Luke iii. 34. 


Isa... xi. 1 with Matt. 1. 5, 


: Gen. xxviii. 14 with Matt. i. 2. 
Gen. xlix. 10 with Heb. vii. 14. 
2 Sam. vii. 14-16 with Luke i. 31-33. 
to 
8 











—- Vo dhoeow 
ee 


Lp eo pe emnine -- 


EGYPT - 
i.- aoe ee ST cae, CAE. We ee 
= aghiot urrete wm 

a oe eee 


a 





_— 


fe 





ame e Mae sloa da aor. & 
Pid) wees 6 tas 5, 12 
emchs>s eet abet er ae RAA. 


Usrmastisrr ste amd 





eae 


Pech, fas ork 
Ke 
: eee 


Komwol urove Sees ol = 


so 


rae,” 25 


POL no mors? Ge Le fy. 
2- Sion. ~ Ba, ag: 20-8 Ro- fog 


Gar. re rose a Uncas? 
oan RIOTS Peraton 
ok ask 


A 
raps comet Lleot Kur Qeourd, 


Si aia aa 
Se. 


| 
i PS 
are tus anhs 
eoplinad Dials who jd 
nine €9, CMe nc ore ed 

aon ow Lerrrfocd sh 
ier i cra Vs” oe 


< 


See eroly os 7 


pig Well g.0 


-1G. 


eke 
Rea es NUIT ray ay is | 


eramas irs G 
ote Hs apk 24: IS3 30-46 
ate Ana US alr 





a eer se Use 
| Orb, on Pe (3.%., No 
. vee thos rudd WE lola ee m, Poe 
a ee raat dance oe SCS 
: 2 seals. fre Warn phin” ose =I : 

whrvede Urge AM FOR OE Whey : Aas 6g re 

! AN OLD gl oh . Bhrabre r>Lrotes fe «et Grd bev wfoker | + Rtas 
ee “With dao ve ihtcen vis eatoant nbali marred ata wilt Te 
Mi skon Pak un, ring sree oo ers eB ve 
1 ORS Renn te x 
Py a, 2 Spas ae oe i rartption 0 
i) p2 ON oie 
| Us oer . ww eee: 58 oa Levnrjede xe 2 







» “ere 


LS 


| Had US wrilie Lord fab Ubi 


ahi reaQ 


bi ae ‘ s i & om 





uran La tre no eee 





ee a usrerka ~ 
ae 2rtolt ialadh mw US rorth,,..- 
Our £ra And A®anw he | 

a MF Urged A AL Me in 
LS LS Ie LOM TRE L  E 




























—~ Lev. cated Ct) Jno urekrow bomehrarnicy tv. 34) 





C2) OS AAR wrerilfp, (Wig ys. ts) OS pease Ua Land Mv. Ew 
(Y) Citisn ow MyBB! XRD Kamd. Lanekata! v.32,33. 64) Enjoy 


A pobboihn, v. Buy. (1) & 
) Seth ae ae eee <9) 
Re Seah ate v.43. v. 3. 


Ps Sid ates = et agape dee? pee oynsre (Bas Vondsre 
a be Cras? as. tg ies os 
_~ BETHEL - PERMA os Pro og nusseyy 
SAMARIA. -1 aoe agrees 4 
eee eg gale nT sagt iM naan aes / ee 3. 12&.) 








Po WGhSy Is OP, aN ae Se adwuik Uo J 

trheng see cca eae ig Spe aie oe 

| ig Sehe ‘pokes earye US Arn ai 
Nan. & : f ; 


oa O24, poe plu eden = thane hit should Come 
Qusation» (NAd! RAchs a 2 








INSPIRATION. 13 


His forerunner. 

Mal. iii. 1 with Luke i. %6. 
Mal. iv. 5 with Luke i. 17. 
Isa. xl. 3 with Matt. iii. 3. 

His birth. 

Isa. vii. 14 with Matt. i. 18-21. 
Micah v. 2 with Luke ii. 4-7. 


His offices. 


fel et eee, 
Prophet: joecass .32 saTN 
Deut. xviii. 15 with Luke ix. 35. 3 oa, Er be 
Isa. lxi. 1, 2 with Luke iv. 16-26. eae BL y 
Priest : Poe aN een 


Psa. cx. 4 with Heb. v. 5, 6. 

Isa. xl. 11 with John x. 14. 
King: 

Zech. ix. 9 with Matt. xxi. 1-9. 

Micah v. 2 with Matt. ii. 1, 2. 


His humiliation. 

Zech. xiii. 6, 7, with Luke xxiii. 33. 

Psa. lxix. 8 with John vii. 5. : z 
Isa. liii. 2 with Mark vi. 3. —» SRa pbeodiad rekreance v2 Ug 
Isa. liii. 8 with John xix. 15. U.S, aw b Uns Kea ow 


iii i oo LB, Uy cloas ek Ra 
Isa. liii. 3 with Mark xv. 33, 34. peace ar : Ne 


Isa. liii. 7 with Luke xxiii. 8, 9. PO Re te 
Isa, liii. 7 with Matt. xxvii. 12. qo, po 3 Bi, dame ple 


Isa. 1. 6 with Matt. xxvi. 67. OR Ren Arca Aprrrrewse, = 


Isa. 1. 6 with John xix. 1. 

Isa. lit. 14 with Mark xv. 17. 

Isa. lii. 14 with Luke xxii. 63, 64. 

His crucifixion and death. 

In the study of the predictions of the death of Christ 
by crucifixion, it should be borne in mind that, at the 
date of the writing of these prophecies, nothing could 
have seemed a wilder improbability. And this improba- 
bility was two-fold: 1. That Messiah should die at all. 
2. That He should die by a form of punishment not 
known among the Jews. 





14 DIVISIONS OF SCRIPTURE. 


Zech. xii. 10 with John xx. 24-29. 

Zech. xiii. 6 with John xx. 24-29. 

Psa. xxii. 1 with Matt. xxvii. 46. 

Psa. xxii. 7, 8 with Luke. xxiii, 35, 36. 

Psa, xxii. 12, 138 with Mark xv. 29-31. 

Psa xxi 4d 75 

Psa. xxii. 18 with John xix. 22-24. 

Isa. lii. 14 with Mark xv. 17; Luke xxii. 64; Matt.. 
XXVICOT) 

Isa. liii. 3 with John xix. 15. 

Isa. liii. 7 with Luke xxiii. 8, 9; Matt. xxvii. 12. 

Isa, liii. 9 with Matt. xxvii. 57, 60. 

Psa. xxxiv. 20 with John xix. 33-36. 


2, His resurrection. 


Psa. xvi. 10 with Luke xxiv. 1-3, and Eph. iv. 8 
(eae 17 sy Matt. xii. 39, 40. 


*Canon Farrar an ‘fi passage, written more than one thousand years 
before Christ, ‘‘an intensely graphic picture of death by crucifixion.” Note 
the details: Bones [of the arms, hands and pelvis] out of joint; action of 
heart affected; strength exhausted; intense thirst; partial nudity, etc. All 
these are concomitants of death by crttcifixion. 


LESSON III. 
The Divisions of the Scriptures. 


i STRUCTURAL, VK "OUTWARD. 


- Op TESTAMENT, 39 Books. 
New TeEsTaMENT. 27 Books. 
b. Books. 








z eke 1-3 —- 103. 
rte Poy trl Pos arrnncacele Ks and Usa m 
Bie Weert wry ..0) cde Ae. to wo , 
- Examples. lie ep et Ib: 5 * 92. hae 
ees oS se: a ae Be s. 3:10-12: Gaui .1%, 





| Vt Le ) 
I- dhe andy aaa OG, peo aise O& borks, 
| amd burrs mow, 1Ooo upenia op Khana. 
ES at NG Aa® wt Ll arm 
he ie ie peas 1 RE re Merri Ges ABW | 
of fanfic "Sete Rok. BLiman Yoh Oe 
2. -CW anreeWWor Now ONS ee OO mAar.eh era tread 


amc patisw AwardkraadtiL sg ee 
“fies Bes shy an ena oa Soe eats 


NK = Loy | F 
| CA AL ustoote i eho ACK Bow : Nope oy 4 at dak ow 
tho ws te 2 











; potas te ae faery” oS) 
ae TS COL EE ae ia Care POL 


Oe ad ones, aes cof Senfovmng 








DIVISIONS OF SCRIPTURE. 


OLD TESTAMENT. 


15 



























































GROUP. BOOK. WRITER. 
Genesis. Moses. 
| Exodus. Moses. 
Pentateuch. Leviticus. Moses. 
Numbers. Moses. 
Deuteronomy. Moses. 
Joshua, Joshua. 
Judges. Samuel? 
- Ruth.. Samuel? 
I, II Samuel. Unknown. 
Historical. I, II Kings. Ezra? 
I, II Chronicles. Ezra? 
Ezra. Ezra. 
Nehemiah. Nehemiah. 
Esther. Mordecai? 
Job: Job? 
Psalms. David, et al. 
Hectieas Proverbs. Solomon. 
: Ecclesiastes. Solomon. 
Song of Solomon. Solomon. 
Lamentations. Jeremiah. 
Jonah. Jonah. 
Amos. Amos. 
Hosea. Hosea. 
Obadiah. Obadiah. 
Prophetic. Joel. Joel. 
(Pre-Exile). Isaiah. Isaiah. 
Micah. Micah. 
Nahum. Nahum. 
Zephaniah. Zephaniah. 
Habakkuk. Habakkuk. 
, Jeremiah. eremiah. 
prophet is Ezekiel. Heokiel 
. Daniel. Daniel. 
: Haggai. Haggai. 
oe aes ‘Zechariah. Zechariah. 
Malachi. Malachi. 


16 DIVISIONS OF SCRIPTURE. 


NEW TESTAMENT. 





GROUP. ee ee a BOOK. WRITER. 
| Matthew. : Matthew. 
Mark. + Mark. 
Historical. Luke. Luke. 
John. John. 
Acts. Luke. 
Galatians. Paul. 
Doctrinal. Romans. Paul. 
Hebrews. | Paul. 
I Corinthians. | Paul. 
Church order, II Corinthians. Paul. 
ministry, etc. I Timothy. Paul. 
Titus. Paul. 
Ephesians, Paul. 
Church truth. | Colossians. | Paul. 
| Philippians. Paul. 
| I Thess. Paul. 
te : Philemon. Paul. 
Christian life. James. James. 
I Peter. Peter. 
I John. John. 
II Thess. Paut. 
II Timothy Paul. 
The course and II Peter. Peter. 
end of this age. II John. John. 
IIT John. John. 
Jude. | Jude. Be 
Prophetical. | Revelation. | John. 
NOTES. ° 


1. The Biblical division of the Old Testament is into three 
parts: (1) The Law, by which were meant the five books of 
Moses; (2) The Prophets, in which classification were included 
the historical books, and (3) The Psalms, including in this class ~ 
the poetical books. Luke xxiv. 44. 

2. The Jewish or Rabbinical division, which is followed in 
Luke xxiv. 27, was into the Law, the Prophets, and the Writ- 
ings. 











DIVISIONS OF SCRIPTURE: DISPENSATIONAL. rye 


3. Hebrew poetry was of three kinds: (1) Lyrical, of which 
the Song of Deborah is an example; (2) Gnomic, or sententious, 
pithy sayings, of which Proverbs is the characteristic example, 
though Ecclesiastes is a more developed type of the same 
method; (3) Dramatic, as Job or Canticles. 7 


4. The common division of the Prophets into Major and 
Minor, based upon the length or brevity of the writings, is me- 
chanical and unscientific. The true division is the Babylonish 
captivity, for the writings themselves take color from that 
epoch, considered as approaching, as present, and as past. 


LESSON IV. 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—continued. 


II. SPIRITUAL—DIVISIONS BY SUBJECT-MATTER. 


a. DISPENSATIONAL DIVISIONS. 


A dispensation is a period of time during which God deals in 
a particular way with man in respect to sin, and to man’s re- 
sponsibility. 

Examples.—The Dispensation of Innocence, during which 
Adam and Eve were responsible to keep their innocency by ab- 
staining from the fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and 
evil. The Dispensation of Law, when the Jews were respon- 
sible to keep the law. : 

The Scriptures divide time, or the whole period from the 
creation of Adam to the ‘‘new heaven and a new earth” of Rev. 
Xx1., into seven dispensations of unequal length. Five have 
been fulfilled, we are living in the sixth, and have before us 
the seventh. All have closed, or will close, in judgment. 


18 DISPENSATIONS. 


1. INNOCENCY. 
This dispensation extended from the creation of Adant to 

the expulsion from Eden. The consequences of the failure 

of man under this first dispensation have been the most dis- 

astrous and far-reaching of any. 
(1) Man’s state at the beginning. Gen. 1. 26-29. Suoluttons? 
(2) His responsibility. Gen. ii%16, 17. 
(3) His failure. Gen. iii. 6,7, 2. 
(4) The judgment. Gen. ili. 24. 
(5) Consequences. Gen. iii. 14-19; Rom. v. 12, 18, 19. 


2. CONSCIENCE. 

This dispensation extended from the fall to the flood. By 
the fall Adam and Eve acquired, and transmitted to the race, 
the knowledge of good and evil, or natural conscience. By 
this the race came under responsibility to do good and not 
evil. Qt 

(1) Man’s state at the beginning. Gen. ili. 22. 

(2) His responsibility. Gen. iv. 7, f. c. “Woe ast2Q .” 
(3) His failure. Gen. Vi. 5, 11, 12. 

(4) The judgment. Gen. vii. 11, 12, 23. 

3. Human GOVERNMENT. 

Out of the judgment which terminated the dispensation of 
conscience, God saved eight persons, to whom He gave the 
purged earth, with ample power to govern it. This dispen- 
sation extended from the end of the flood to the dispersion at 
Babel. 

(1) Man’sstate at the beginning. Gen. vii. 1; Heb. xi. 
ae ' 
(2) His responsibility. Gen. ix. 126, Sovern + raph niok, 
(3) His failure. Gen. xi. 1-4. 
(4) The judgment. Gen. xi. 5-8. 
4, PROMISE. 

Out of the dispersed descendants of the builders of Babel 
God called one man, Abram, with whom he entered into 
covenant. He promised Abram (a) a land; (4) a natural or 
earthly seed; (c) a spiritual or heavenly seed. Other prom- 
ises were conditional upon faithfulness and obedience. This 
dispensation extended from the call of Abram to the giving of 
the law. | : 








DISPENSATIONS. 19 


(1) Man’s state at the beginning. Gen. xii. 1-3; xiii. 
14-17; xv. 5. 

(2) His responsibility. Gen. xxvi. 33 / =—5- 

(3) His failure. Gen, xlvii. 1. 

(4) The judgment. Ex. i. 8-14, 


ba Law. 

This dispensation extends from Sinai to Calvary—from the 
Exodus to the Cross. God, in grace, visited and delivered 
His people out of Egyptian bondage. At Sinai He proposed, 
after reminding them of the marvelous grace of their deliv- 
erance, to give them the law. Instead of humbly pleading 
for a continued relation of grace, they presumptuously an- 
swered: ‘‘All that the Lord hath spoken we will do.”’ 

The history of Israel in the wilderness and in the land is 
one long record of flagrant, persistent violation of the law, 
and at last, after multiplied warnings, God closed the testing 
of man by law in judgment, and first Israel, and then Judah, 
were driven out of the land into a dispersion which still con- 
tinues. A feeble remnant returned under Ezra and Nehe- 
miah, of which, in due time, Christ came: ‘‘Born of a woman 
—made under the law.” Him both Jews and Gentiles con- 
spired to crucify. | 

During this dispensation the entire Old Testament was 
written, and all that portion from Ex. xix. to the end is 
legal in its spirit, and has a primary application to the Jews 
only. 3 | 

(1) Man’s state at the beginning. Ex. xix. 1-4,. 
(2) His responsibility. Ex. xix. 5, ; Rom. x. 5(fou.18:5) 
(3) His failure. 2 Kings xvii. 7-17, 19; Acts ii. 22, 23. 
(4) Thejudgment. 2 Kings xvii. 1-6, 20; xxv. 1-11; 
Luke xxi. 20-24. 


6. GRACE. | 
The sacrificial death of the Lord Jesus Christ introduced 
the dispensation of pure grace—which means undeserved fa- 
vor, or God civinc righteousness, instead of God REQUIRING 
_ righteousness, as under law. 
Salvation, perfect and eternal, is now freely offered to Jew 
and Gentile upon the one condition of faith. 


20 


DISPENSATIONS. 


All of the New Testament was written in the early days 
of this dispensation. The four Gospels, giving the life and 
teachings of Christ, connect the dispensation of law with the 
dispensation of grace, and partake of the character of each. 
The Acts and the Epistles belong wholly to the dispensation 
of grace. 

The predicted result of this testing of man under grace 
is judgment upon an unbelieving world and an apostate 
church. 

(1) Man’s state at the beginning. Matt. xviii. 114?) 
Rom. iii. 19, 282) team. 3171-70; G28. 


(2) His responsibility. John 1. 11-13; iii. 36; Sob. 9:15 AS 4. 


(3) His predicted failure. Luke xix. 12-14; xviii. 8; 
Matt. xxiv. 37-39. 
(4) The judgment. 2 Thess. ii. 7-12. 

The first event in the closing of this dispensation will be 
the descent of the Lord from heaven, when sleeping saints 
will be raised and, together with believers then living, caught 
upto meet the Lord inthe air" P’Phess."tve re; £73 

Then follows the brief period called ‘‘the great tribula- 
tion.” Matt. xxiv. 21, 22; Zeph. 1. 15-18; Dan. xii..1; Jer. 
sao? ? Revewith 14 Re Vv: . 

‘After this occurs the personal return of the Lord to the 
earth in power and great glory, and the judgments which 
close the sixth and introduce the seventh and last dispensa- 
tion. Matt. xxiv. 29, 30; xxv. 31-46. | 


Tue KINGDOM. 


After the purifying judgments which attend the personal 
return of Christ to the earth, He will reign over restored Is- 
rael and over the earth for one thousand years. This is the 
period commonly called the millennium. The seat of His 
power will be Jerusalem and the saints of this dispensation 
will reign with Him. Acts xv. 14-17; Isa. ii. 1-4; Rev. xix. 
T1, 21; xx. 1-6; Isa. xi. entire. 

- But when Satan is ‘loosed a little season” he finds the nat- 
ural heart as prone to evil as ever, and easily gathers the na- 
tions to battle against the Lord and His saints, and this last 
dispensation closes, like all the others, in judgment. ‘‘The 


ie i, ef 
eas oe £7 Re ‘a tae 


‘ 


. o4 ae 
i Oe Se eee 


ees 


sei 


ig 


rae 








JEW, GENTILE AND CHURCH. 21 


great white throne” is set, the wicked dead are raised and fi- 
nally judged, and then come the ‘‘new heaven and a new 
earth”—eternity begun. Rev. xx. 3, 7-15; xxi. and xxii. 


CHRONOLOGY. 


From Adam to the Flood—innocence and con- 


GRIN DES gi Paes ane ab BOR DRI. Oh 1656 years 
From Flood to Abram—human government........ 427 years 
From Abraham to Sinai—promise................. 430 years 
From Sinai to Calvary—law.................2.000- 1524 years 
From Calvary to 1 Thess. iv. 16-18—grace.......... ? years 
From 1 Thess. iv. 16 to Matt. xxiv. 29, 30—the 

ereat tribulation (probably) ..4 4 2. vissani. be: 7 years 
From Matt. xxiv. 29, 30 to Rev. xx. 7—the kingdom 1000 years 
From Rev. xx. 7 to Rev. xx. 11—‘‘a little season”... ? years 
Pee Ne at ser. RAO KOI a |! Ses cPoptpeneto Haw « PEO aes BNR ? years 

LESSON V. 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—cContinued. 


II. SPIRITUAL—DIVISIONS BY SUBJECT-MATTER. 


6b. Tue Erunic Division. 


Whoever reads the Bible with any attention cannot fail to 
perceive that more than half of its contents relate to one peo- 
ple—the Israelites. It is perceived, too, that they have a very 
distinct place in the dealings and counsels of God. Separated 
from the mass of mankind, they are taken into covenant with 
Jehovah, who gives them specific promises not given to any 


22 JEW, GENTILE AND CHURCH. 


other people. ‘Their history alone is told in Old Testament 
narrative and prophecy—other peoples being mentioned only 
as they touch the Jew. 

Continuing his researches, the student finds large mention 
in Scripture of another distinct body which is called the church. 
The word church is the translation of a Greek word which 
means ‘‘the called-out-ones assembled.” ‘This body also has a 
distinct relation to God and, like Israel, has received from Him 
specific promises. 

The student also finds, in the scriptural division of the race, 
another class, rarely mentioned, and distinguished in every re- 
spect from both Israel and the church—the Gentiles. 

Considered merely as human beings, these all have the unity 
of a common descent from Adam. Acts xvii. 26. 

From the creation to the call of Abram this unity was abso- 
lute in every respect. No part of the race was dealt with sep- 
arately. 

That portion of the Scripture, then, from Gen. i. 1 to Gen. 
xi. 9 concerns equally two of the three great divisions of the race 
—the Jew and the Gentile. 

From Gen. xi. 10 to Mal. iv. 6the Jew is primarily in view; 
the church veiled; (Eph. iii. 9, 10) the Gentile mentioned. 

In the Gospels the Jew is primarily in view, but the church 
is mentioned as soon to appear, in connection with a world-wide 
preaching of the gospel to Jew and Gentile... Rom. xv. 8; 
Matt. xvi. 18; xxviii. 19, 20. 

From Acts i. 1 to Rev. iv. 1 the church is primarily in view, 
the Jewish nation temporarily set aside; the Gentile and the 
Jew as individuals, but especially the Gentile, shown to be the 
objects of God’s solicitude. 

From Rev. iv. 1 to Rev. xix. 21 the Jew, the Gentile and 
apostate christendom are in view. 

The comparative position of the Jew, the Gentile and the 
church may be briefly seen in the following Scriptures: 








THE JEw. THE GENTILE. Tue CHURCH. 
Rom. ix. 4, 5. Eph, ii. 11, 1. Eph. i. 22, 23. 
John iv. 22. Ephyiv."17, 13. Eph. v. 29-38, 
Rom. iti. 1, 2. Mark vii. 27, ae Ret; divges 


See prea he poe Rex 


mae Bock 
wut Bip ae de “feos 


| bobrakiow eer ee. ‘teas 


haere 






—- 


i : 


; Coes 


va 


‘ 








JEW, GENTILE AND CHURCH. 23 


1. Tue Jew. 

All the communications of Jehovah to Israel as a nation 
relate to the earth. If faithful and obedient, the nation is 
promised earthly greatness, riches and power; if unfaithful 
and disobedient, it is to be scattered ‘‘among all people, from 
the one end of the earth even unto the other.” Deut. xxviii. 
64. Even the promise of the Messiah is of blessing to ‘‘all the 
families of the earth.” Gen. xii. 3. 


2. THe CHURCH. 3 

Further, Scripture shows that neither Israel nor the 
‘church always existed. Each had a recorded beginning. 
That of Israel we find in the call of Abram. Looking then 
for the birth of the church we find (contrary, perhaps, to our 
expectations, for we have probably been taught that Adam 
and the patriarchs are in the church) that it certainly did not 
exist before or during the earth life of Christ, for we find 
Him speaking of His church as yet future when He says, 
Matt. xvi. 18: ‘‘Upon this rock I wit build my church.” 

Not have built, nor am building, but wii build. 

We find, too, from Eph. iii. 5-10 that the church is not 
once mentioned in Old Testament prophecy, but was in those 
ages a mystery ‘‘hid in God.” Scripturally, we find the birth 
of the church in Acts ii. and the termination of its career on 

. the earth in 1 Thess. iv. 


ConrTRASTS. 


Comparing, then, what is said in Scripture concerning Israel 
and the church, we find that in origin, calling, promise, wor- 
ship, principles of conduct and future destiny all is contrast. 
Compare: 


ISRAEL. CHURCH. 


Genixit, (B20 with Heb. iii. 1; Phil. iii. 20, R. V. 

Deut. viii. 7, 8, with Matt. viii. 20; 1 Pet. i. 4; 1 Cor. iv. 11. 
Gen. xxiv. 35, with Mark x. 23; James ii. 5, 

Deut. xxviii. .7, - with John xvi. 2. 

Deut. xxviii. 13, with Matt. xviii. 4. 

Deut. vii. 1, 2, with Matt. v. 44; 1 Cor. iv. 12, 18. 

Ex. xxi. 24, 25,:. with Matt. v. 39. 


Deut, xxi. 18-21, with Luke xv. 20-23. 


24 JEW, GENTILE AND CHURCH. 


In the predictions concerning the future of Israel and the 
church the distinction is still more startling. The church will 
be taken away from the earth entirely, but restored Israel is yet 
to have her greatest earthly splendor and power. See: 


CHURCH. 


John xiv. 2, 3;1 Thess. iv. 17; Phil. iii. 20, 21; 1 John iii. 2; 
ev, ix. 70s xx ieee 
ISRAEL, 


Luke i. 31-33; Acts xv. 14-16; Rom. xi. 1, 11, 24-26; Isa. x1. 
dP les sy. 1: Jer, xvid, Lb -oxent, 3, 6. xe Ri Oe ee 
ii. 14, 15. 

In the particular relation to God of Israel and of the church 
contrast is again seen: 

ISRAEL WAS 


1. To be a witness to the unity of God in the midst of uni- 
versal idolatry. Deut. vi. 4 with Isa. xlii. 10612. 

2. To illustrate to the nations the blessedness of serving 
the one true God. Deut. xxxiil. 26-29; 1 Chron. xvii. 20, 21; 
Psa. cxliv. 15. 

3. To furnish the penmen and be the preserver of the in- 
spired word. Rom. iti. 1, 2; Deut. iv. 5-8. | 

4. To be the custodian of the Messianic promise. Gen. iii. 
153. xil. Gs xxi; dievaxvin 10.14: xii 410s: 2 -Saimy iio ee 
Iv 3, 43° Mattie 

THE CHURCH IS 


1. The body of which Christ is the head. Eph. i. 20, 23; 
1 OXe) gab gt a A ES Do) a AO 
aoe The bride of. Christ... 2 Cor..x1,, 22s evo soe eer. 
xix. 7,8. (darark aloo’ Hos. 216; doa. 54:56.) 

3. An habitation and temple of God. I Pet. ii. 5; Eph. ii. 
19-22. 

4. An object lesson in grace. Eph. ii. 7. 

5. An illustration of the wisdom of God. Eph. iii. 10. 

6. A body of co-heirs and co-rulers with God’s Son. Rom. 
vill. 16, U4; Reviixx.'6. Cou aac oy a Bele Mt 

7. A new priesthood, Christ being the high priest. 1 Pet. 
113 Bee INOVN 1, 06, . 





Dik Oe ae 


ME nA ae 

PL i oa 

, s «Te [as 
. 


é M,. adit 
P * . » a 
Se ee a, 


a 











| 
ij 
| 








ss THE TWO ADVENTS. 25 
aa 

Of coutse it is not meant that a godly Jew did not, at death, 
go to,liéaven. The distinction is that the incentive to godli- 
ness’in his case was earthly reward, not heavenly. 

Thus it is seen that the elementary distinction between Israel 
and the church is that the former is of and for the earth, the 
latter of and for heaven; the former under a covenant of 
works, the latter the object of unconditional grace. 

It may safely be said that the Judaizing of the church has 
done more to hinder her progress, pervert her mission and de- 
stroy her spirituality than all other causes combined. Instead 
of pursuing her appointed path of separation, persecution, 
world-hatred, poverty and non-resistance, she has used Jewish 
Scripture to justify her in lowering her purpose to the civiliza- 
tion of the world, the acquisition of wealth, the use of an im- 
posing ritual, and the erection of magnificent churches. 





LING WL: 


The Divisions of the Scriptui‘es.— Continued. 


¢c. MISCELLANEOUS DIVISIONS. 
ieee wo aVvEN is... Key text, 1 tet, ai tT. 


Whoever carefully considers Old Testament prophecies must 
be struck by two contrasting, and seemingly contradictory, lines 
of prediction concerning the coming Messiah. One body of 
prediction speaks of him as coming in weakness and humilia- 
tion, a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief, a root out of 
dry ground, having no form nor comeliness nor beauty that 
He should be desired. His visage is to be marred, His hands 
and feet pierced. He is to be forsaken of man and of God, and 
to make His grave with the wicked. See: 

Isa. liii. entire; Isa. vii. 14; Psa. xxii, 1-18; Dan. ix. 26; 
Zech. xili. 6, 7; Mark xiv. 27. 


26 THE TWO ADVENTS. 


The other line of prophecy foretells a splendid and resistless 
sovereign, purging the earth with awful judgments, regather- 
ing dispersed Israel, restoring the throne of David in more 
than Solomon’s splendor and introducing a reign of profound 
peace and perfect righteousness. See, as examples: 

TSag Ri 2901 2s Dent oxxs else te lea cee 
21-23; Isa. xl. 9-11; Jer. xxiii. 5-8; Dan. vii. 13, 14; Micah. v. 
Be Matt ded Wit. 2; uuked plod. 

In due time the fulfillment of Messianic prophecy began with 
the birth of the Virgin’s son according to Isaiah, in Bethlehem 
according to Micah, and proceeded with perfect literalness unto 
the full accomplishment of every prediction of Messiah’s humil- 
iation. But the Jews would not receive their king, ‘‘meek and 
sitting upon an ass and a colt the foal of an ass,’’ but crucified 
Him. Zech ix. 9 with Matt. xxi. 1-5, etc; John xix, 15, 16. 

What now becomes of the prophetic utterances which posi- 
tively foretold the earthly power of David’s son? It must be 
remembered that in volume these exceed the predictions of 
Messiah’s sufferings in the proportion of eight to one. Indeed, 
the earthly glory of Messiah is the great theme of Old Testa- 
ment prophecy. 

The answer is found in the testimony of Christ, and of every 
one of the writers of the New Testament, to a second advent of 
Messiah, when the predictions concerning His earthly glory 
will receive the same precise and literal fulfillment as did those 
which concerned his earthly sufferings. 


1. The promises to Israel require our Lord’s return. 
(Deutiracxxy 1-6 + [sax 10-22" dere 5-85) Hosea 
il, 4,5; Acts xv. 14-16; Zech. xii, 10;"Zechexni, 6; 
Zech, xiv. 4-9: Luke 1. 31-33; Matt. xxiv: 27-30. 
2. The predictions concerning the Gentiles require our 
Lord’s return. 
Teac LG aCe: ave LG. uae 


3. The promises to the church require our Lord’s return. 
John, xiv...1-3; Rev. xxii 12s lo john ai. 2; 1 Thess: 
iv. 16, 17; Acts 1. 11. Reve xu. 20: Phil in 207i 
Titus ii. 18, and more than 300 other passages in the 
New Testament. 


Chat es. oy 


ee. 


a 


: ees c ‘ 
Sa ORG Kak jet ihe 
roe oe ‘ 

MR ‘—) 





ip Hae | ae dace nol Och AvVU Le Me 


{ow 


ot RamnenewO Sen eT ee 35x] 
One sprncions 











LAW AND GRACE. 27 


The great theme of all the Old Testament, as we know from 
Christ himself, is ‘‘the sufferings of Christ, and the glories 


which should follow.” 1 Pet. i, 11; Luke xxiv. 25, 26. The. 


sufferings are accomplished; the ‘‘glories,” which include the 
restoration of Israel and the thousand years’ reign of Christ, 
will as surely follow. 

The student, then, will find that all tity ae Scripture di- 
vides along this line of cleavage, and belongs either to the first 
or second advent of Messiah. 


Be aoO WV LI. 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—cContinued. 


¢. MISCELLANEOUS DIVISIONS. 


2. Law AND GRACE. 


The most obvious and striking division of the word of truth 
is that between law and grace. Indeed, these contrasting prin- 
ciples characterize the two most important dispensations—the 
Jewish and Christian. 

‘‘For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came 
by Jesus Christ.” John i. 17. 

The key-word to all the inspired writings from Ex. xx. 1, to 
Mal. iv. 6, is law. 

The key-word to all the inspired writings from the narratives 
of the crucifixion in the Gospels to the end of Revelation is 
grace. The four Gospels have an intermediate character. 

It is not, of course, meant that there was no law before 
Moses, any more than that there was no grace and truth before 





Jesus Christ. The forbidding to Adam 6f the fruit of the tree 


of the knowledge of good and evil (Gen. ii. 17) was law, and 





: 
ir 
Me 
a 
uM) 
é 


= ee or. a ee ee eh le 


ee eae 


en ee ae 


28 LAW AND GRACE. 


surely grace was most sweetly manifested in the seeking, by 
the Lorp God, of His sinning creatures, and in His clothing 
them with coats of skins (Gen. iii. 21)—a beautiful type of 
Christ ‘“‘made untous * * * righteousness.” 1 Cor. i. 30. 
Law, in the sense of some revelation of God’s will, and grace, 
in the sense of some revelation of God’s goodness, have always 
existed, and to this Scripture abundantly testifies. But ‘‘the 
law” everywhere mentioned in Scripture was given by Moses, 
and, from Sinai to Calvary, dominates (characterizes) the time, 
just as grace dominates, or gives its peculiar character, to the 
dispensation which begins at Calvary, and has its predicted ter- 
mination in the rapture of the church. 

It is, however, of the most vital moment to observe that 
Scripture never, in any dispensation, mingles these two prin- 
ciples. Law always has a place and work distinct and wholly 


diverse from that of grace. Law _is God prohibiting and _re- 

quiring; grace is God _beseeching and bestowing. Law is a 

ministry of condemnation; grace, of forgiveness. Law curses; 

grace redeems from that curse. Law kills; grace makes alive. 

Law shuts every mouth before God; grace opens every mouth > 
to praise him. Law puts a great and guilty distance between 

man and God; grace makes guilty man nigh toGod. Law says, 

‘‘An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth;” grace says, ‘‘Re- 

sist not evil; but whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, 

turn to him the other also.” Law says, ‘‘Hate thine enemy ;” 

grace, ‘‘Love your enemies, bless them that despitefully use 

you.” Law says, ‘‘Do and live;’’ grace, ‘‘Believe and live.” 

Law never had a missionary; grace is to be preached to every 

creature. Law utterly condemns the best man; grace freely 

justifies the worst. Luke xxiii. 43; Rom. v. 15; 1 Tim. 1. 15; 
1 Cor. vi. 9-11. Law is a system of probation; grace, of favor. 

Law stones an adulteress; grace says, ‘‘Neither do I condemn 
thee.” Under law the sheep dies for the shepherd; under grace 

the Shepherd dies for the sheep. 


Everywhere the Scriptures present law and grace in sharply 
contrasted spheres. 

The mingling of them in much of the current teaching of 
the day spoils both, for law is robbed of its terror, and grace 
of its freeness. | 








ee ce | th te, 


= JO Lk a Grecian preach Us Nath este, 


) 
f iS. 
% 
ame ph eae dE Es Se ee ee oe eee ee mR cig wv es ee Mi - 





en fe ee i nema NN nr NR pgp erg sl |= nl No tte See hae 





— Morte. 22:.36-+0, Me or oh of ae 
| bee er We tas. a wh ee wall 


2 


| @ a) pee Mee uy Oa le pate ae ee 


a Se al ap des] af (3) Crceren, (G) 





LAW AND GRACE. 29 


The student should observe that “law,” in the New Test - 
ment Scriptures, usually means the law given by Moses, 
There are few exceptions. But the distinction sometimes 
made between ‘‘moral” law, so-called, or the Ten Command- 
ments, and ‘‘ceremonial’ law, or the directions for Jewish wor- 
ship, sacrifice and priesthood, is one wholly unknown to Scrip- 
ture. The whole law, ‘‘moral” and ‘‘ceremonial,” forms a com- 
plete system. A Jew was ‘‘righteous,” e. g., Luke i. 6; or, 
‘touching the righteousness which is in the law, blameless,”’’ 
Phil. iii. 6, not because he never broke the commandments, but 
because, having sinned, he brought the offering required by 
the law. Save Jesus of Nazareth no man ever kept the Ten 
Commandments. 

Sometimes, however, as in Rom. iti. 19, 20; vii. 7; Gal, il. 
16; iii. 13; etc., the Commandments only are referred to. ( ) 

It should be remembered, also, that in the ceremonial law are 
| enshrined those marvelous types—the beautiful foreshadow- 
| ings of the person and work of the Lord Jesus as priest and 
sacrifice, which must ever be the wonder and delight of the spir- 
itually minded. Expressions in the Psalms, which would be in- 
explicable if understood only of the ‘‘ministration of death writ- 
ten and engraven in stones” (2 Cor. iii. 7), are made clear when 
seen to refer also to the types—those lovely pictures of grace. 

eto 2 CxXIK. Li, 94. 








ere a har eer mS ale 
ie ae ee re ees ce Fe genre O NS I sige - 


1. Law. 
a. What the law is. 
Rom. vii. 12, 14, 22; 1 Tim. i. 8; Gal. dii. 12. Tre haus 4 
b. To whom the law was given. e ‘an cae i 
! 


Pexiixx. 2; Deutiiy, 1,56) Markexii 29; Rom, ii, 145 3:43149,2. 
Gal. iii. 25; Rom. vii. 4- 6. 
c. The effect of the law. 
Moni Vib ise rae tii. 19 Ce Panes? it. 10; 
2 Cor, iit, 7, 9; Romy vii. 9 ;\t Cor? xv)56- ‘Rom. vii, 
8; Gal. ili. 24. 
It is evident, then, that God’s purpose in giving the 
law, after the race had existed twenty-five hundred years 
without it (John i. 17, Gal. ili. 17), was to bring to 
guilty man the knowledge of his sin first, and then of 











LAW AND GRACE. 


his utter helplessness in view of God’s just requirements, 
The law of the Ten Commandments is purely and only 
a ministration of condemnation and death, and, with the 
Levitical law, is a schoolmaster (literal, ‘‘child-leader’’) 
unto Christ. 
ad. What the law cannot do. 
Rom. iii. 20; Gal. ii. 16, 21; iii, 11; Rom. viii. 3; Acts 
xiii, 39; THebivitti19, 
GRACE. 
a. What is grace? 
Titus iii, 4; Eph. ii. 7; 1 Tim. i. 15; John iii. 16; Rom. 
V0 E Vo: 
b. What is God’s purpose in grace? 
g@, > Eph, ii. 8, 9; Titus 11-11-1393 i. 7; Rom. in, 24s, Qe 
a ACtS Xz. 02° ph. 1G, 45 eLeD. IV. LU: 

How complete, how all-inclusive! Grace saves, justi- 
fies, builds up, makes accepted, redeems, forgives, be- 
stows an inheritance, gives standing, provides a throne 
to which we may come boldly for mercy and help, teaches 
us how to live, and gives us a blessed hope! 

c. Grace and law are diverse principles and cannot be 
mingled. 

Rom, xi. 6; iv. 4,5+ Gal. ii,, 16-18 ; iv, 21-31. 

ad. The Believer is not under the law. 


A eee, a ee, ee a i 1 a 


ve A ee 


wane 


vette ae 


The Sixth of Romans, after declaring the doctrine ot 
the believer’s identification with Christ in His death 
(verses 1-10), begins, with verse 11, the declaration of 
the principles which should govern the walk of the 
believer—his rule of life. This is the subject of the 
remaining twelve verses; verse 14 gives the great 
principle of his deliverance from not the guilt of sin, 
that. is met by Christ’s blood, but the dominion of sin, 
his bondage under it. 

‘‘For sin shall not have dominion over you; for ye are 
NOT UNDER THE LAW, but UNDER GRACE.” 

Lest this should lead to the monstrous Antinomianism 
of saying that therefore a godly life was not important, 
the Spirit immediately adds: ‘‘What then? Shall we 





i Seen ee Bea ghee 


Seq more at jae ae mays oye 











anal Normet -Lowr Ov deck week 
pearls —o nee o QA Ctm- — 


BOULo. - 
Ps paeee 
a ag ag rat "reno oa Us coven 






erhalkieohid oA @ cher® ONG oe le 
° OVC ow Be SP AB Ee ON Re 


Rian ch ure eas aa BS. 


ard Ale Worl Go Rour, - Adrae., ot 


? 


| Vous, COA brat: ra VU is ae oa 


i Qroae, Ud “ARS tec * 


“ae ested ae re oe J +f: eee aL, 
o e anc Vo 


BS ao a Us. i 


OORT AS) eee 
ae ge bb Crm man bins Ke 


j 


LAW AND GRACE, 31 


sin, because we are not under the law, but under grace? 


God forbid.” Rom. vi. 15. 

Surely every renewed heart answers Amen and Amen! 

Then the Seventh of Romans introduces another prin- 
ciple of deliverance from law. 

“Wherefore, my brethren, ye also ARE BECOME DEAD TO 
THE LAW by the body of Christ, that ye should be mar- 
ried to another, even to him who is raised from the dead, 
that we should bring forth fruit unto God. For when 
we were in the flesh, the motions of sin, which were by 
the law, did work in our members, to bring forth fruit 
unto death. But now we ARE DELIVERED FROM THE LAW, 
that being dead wherein we were held; that we should 
SERVE IN NEWNESS OF SPIRIT, AND NOT IN THE OLDNESS OF 
THE LETTER.” Rom. vii. 4-6. That this does not refer 
to the ceremonial law, see verse 7. ‘‘For I through the 
law AM DEAD TO THE LAw, that I might live unto God.” 
Gal ii. 19. 

‘‘But before faith came, we were kept under the law, 
shut up unto the faith which should afterward be revealed. 
Wherefore the law was our schoolmaster to bring us un- 
to Christ, that we might be justified by faith. Bur ar- 
TER THAT FAITH IS COME, YE ARE NO LONGER UNDER A 
SCHOOLMASTER.” Gal. iti. 23-25. 

“‘But we know that the law is good, if a man use it 


lawfully; knowing this, that THE LAW IS NOT MADE FOR A. 


RIGHTEOUS MAN.” 1 Tim. 1. 8, 9. 

The believer’s rule of life. 

Pens oo ipower et. Jil lori pn, Iv. bos Vv. Ly 
2, 0,110,163 Gal. vy. 165 John’ x1ii,°16;"xv. 10,12; 
Rivage. John iit, 22, 25; Heb. x.16.* 

*A beautiful illustration of this principle is seen in 
mother-love. The law of the commonwealth requires 
parents to care for their offspring, and pronounces penal- 
ties for the willful neglect of them; but the land is full 
of happy mothers who tenderly care for their children in 
perfect ignorance of the existence of such astatute. The 
law is in their hearts. 


32 


THE TWO NATURES. 


It is instructive, in this connection, to remember that 
God’s appointed place for the tables of the law was within 
the ark of the testimony. With them were ‘‘the golden 
pot that had manna, and Aaron’s rod that budded’”’— 
types, the one of Christ, our wilderness bread, the other 
of resurrection, and both speaking of grace—while they 
were covered from sight by the golden mercy-seat upon 
which was sprinkled the blood of atonement. The eye 
of God could see His broken law only through the blood 
that completely vindicated His justice, and piv essa 
His wrath. Heb. ix. 4, 5. 


LESSON WV ITT 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—continued. 


c. MISCELLANEOUS DIVISIONS. 


oS) LEE BELIEVER’S Two NATURES. 


The Scriptures teach that every regenerate being is the pos- 
sessor of two natures; one, received by natural birth, which is 
wholly and hopelessly bad, and a new nature, received through 
the new birth, which is the nature of God himself, and there- 
fore wholly good. 


ls 


a. 


Tue NATURAL Man. 


His creation and fall. 

Gen. i. 26, 27; ii. 16,17; iii. 12, 13, 17, 19, 22, 23, 24; 
Rom. ‘v. 12:5 

His frailty and infirmity. 

Job. x. 20; xiv. 1; Psa. xc. 3-10; Isa. xl. 6-8.’ 








2. 


THE TWO NATURES. 33 


c. The evil of his nature. 
Psa. li. 5; Jer. xvii. 9; Mark vii. 21-23; 1 Cor. ii. 14; 
Rom: viii. 7, 8; Eph. ii, 3. daa. Gy: 

By these it appears that the unconverted man has a 
threefold incapacity. He may be gifted, or cultured, or 
amiable, or generous, or religious. He may pay his hon- 
est debts, be truthful, industrious, a good husband or 
father,—or all these together—but he cannot obey God, 
please God, or understand God. 

It is one of the sorest of faith’s trials to accept the di- 
vine estimate of human nature, to realize that our genial 
and moral friends, who, not infrequently, are scrupulous 
in the discharge of every duty, who are filled with sym- 
pathy for all the woes and all the aspirations of humanity, 
and strenuous in the assertion of human rights, are yet 
utter contemners of God’s rights, and untouched by the 
sacrifice of His Son. A refined and gentle lady, who 
would shrink with horror from the coarseness of giving a 
fellow creature the lie, will yet make God a liar every 
dave. Ll tohn i105 v. 10; t 


THe New Man. 


The following Scriptures will show the origin and character 
of the new man. It will be seen that the believer, while still 
having, unchanged and unchangeable, his old nature, has re- 
ceived a ‘‘new man,” ‘‘Christ in you the hope of glory,” and 
that this new man is ‘‘after God created in righteousness and 
true holiness.” ! 

Regeneration is a creation, not a transformation; the 
bringing in of a new thing, not the change of an old. John 
iii. 3; i, 12, 18;(Gal. iii. 26;) Eph. iv. 24; 2 Cor. v. 1%, R. V.; 
ral ite 208 Colina? 3211118) 45 Phils 21)572,Pet. i2:4+sRom, 
vill. 103,41) John, v.11. -bayeye | 

But this new, divine nature, which is Christ’s own, subsists 
in the believer together with the old nature. It is the same 
Paul who could say, ‘‘Yet not I, but Christ liveth in me,’’ 
who also says, ‘‘For I know that in me (that is, in my flesh), 
dwelleth no good thing,’’ (Rom. vii. 18); and, ‘‘I find then a 


- law, that, when I would do good, evil is present with me.” 


34 BELIEVERS AND PROFESSORS. 


Rom. vii. 21. It was Job, the ‘‘perfect and upright man,” 
who said, ‘‘I abhor myself.” It was Daniel, eminently a 
man of God, who said, ‘‘My comeliness was turned in me in- 
to corruption,” when he saw the glorified Ancient of Days. 

Between these two natures there is conflict. Study care- 
fully the battle between the two ‘‘I’s’—the old Saul and the 
new Paul—in Rom. vii. 14-25. It is an experience iike this 
which so discourages and perplexes young converts. 

The Seventh of Romans is a record of the conflict of a re- 
generate man with his old self, and is, therefore, intensely 


personal. ‘‘I would, I do not;’ ‘I would not, I do;” is the 


3. 


sad confession of defeat which finds an echo in so many Chris- 
tian hearts. In the Eighth chapter the conflict still goes on, 
but how blessedly impersonal! ‘There is no agony, for Paul 
is out of it; the conflict is now between ‘‘flesh”—Saul of Tar- 
sus—and the Holy Spirit. Paul is at peace and victorious, 


THE SECRET OF VICTORY OVER THE OLD NATURE. 
Rom. viii. 2; Gal. v. 16, 17; Rom. viii. 13; vi. 11; xiii. 14; 
Vili, 12. 


LESSON aihX: 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—Continued. 
c. MISCELLANEOUS DIVISIONS. 


4, BELIEVERS AND PROFESSORS. 


Ever since God has had a people of His own on this earth 


they have been sorely troubled by the presence among them of 
those who professed to be, but were not, of them. Beginning 
under the very gate of Eden, this state of things will continue 
until ‘‘the Son of man shall send forth his angels, and they shall 
gather out of his kingdom all things that offend, and them 
which doiniquity * * * tTHeEN shall the righteous shine forth 
as the sun in the kingdom of their Father.” Matt. xiii. 41-43. 








BELIEVERS AND PROFESSORS. 35 


The recognition by Scripture of this mingling of tares and 
wheat—of mere professors among true believers—greatly con- 
fuses many students of the Word, who apply to the children of 
God the warnings and exhortations meant only for the self-de- 
ceived or hypocritical. | 

The fact of such admixture is abundantly recognized in the 

Scriptures. . See: 

Gen. iv” 3-5; 2 Cor. xi. 13-15; Neh. xiii. 1-3; Matt. xiii. 
24-30, 37-43; Num. xi. 4-6; 2 Pet. ii. 1, 2; Ex. xii. 38; Gal. ii. 
4; Neh. vii. 63-65. Phit,s 3518194, DL Boy. 5: 1,2. 

It is impossible, in the scope of one lesson, to refer to all the 
passages which discriminate true believers from the mass of 
mere formalists, hypocrites, and the deceived legalists who are 
working FOR their own salvation, instead of working OUT a 
salvation already received as a free gift. See Phil. ii. 12, 13, 
with Eph. ii. 8, 9. Thefollowing, however, will sufficiently in- 
dicate the lines of demarcation: 


1. BELIEVERS ARE SAVED, PROFESSORS ARE LOST. 


Compare: 
BELIEVERS. PROFESSORS. 
Luke vii. 50, with Acts vill. 13, 21. 
: Acts ii. 42, with 1 John ii. 19. 
pee: John x. 27, 29, with Matt. xii, 43-45. 
Sy ppirhe: John vi. 37, 39, with John vi. 64-66. 
-™.Matt. xxv. 10, with Matt. xxv. 11, 12. 
Rom. iti. 22, with Matt. xxiii. 28, 33. 
Rev. xix. 7, 8, with Matt. xxii. 11, 13. 


John x. 14, 


2 Tim. ii. 19, f with Matt. vii. 22, 23. 


John vi. 47, with James ii, 14, R. V. 
Heb. x. 39, with Heb. x. 38. 
2. BELIEVERS ARE REWARDED, PROFESSORS CONDEMNED. 
Compare: 
Matt. xxv. 19-23, with Matt. xxv. 24-30. 
Luke xii. 42-44, with Luke xii. 45-47. 
Cor “int, 24, with Matt. vii. 22, 23. 


‘Some texts are not free from difficulty, but with prayer, 
careful study, and keeping in mind the important rule to never 





: 
| 36 STANDING AND STATE. 
{ 


use a doubtful or obscure passage to contradict a clear and iy 
{ positive one, light will surely come. Do not use an ‘‘if” to i 
i | contradict a ‘‘verily”—Heb. vi. 6* to contradict John v.24. 
The cases of Judas Iscariot, and of Peter should present n> 
i difficulty. Judas was never a believer{?) See John vi. 68-11 ae 
“woUReter never ceased tolpe. one, . Luke xxil. al, 32, howe . 

Study carefully Matt. xiii. 28, 29; 1 Cor. iv. 5.—— a ae 





H *It is not said that this supposed man had fa7¢h. It is the case of one who turns 
1 | away from all that God can do to save. He has even ‘‘partaken”’ of the Holy Ghost _ 
1 in His convicting work. John xvi. 8-11. 2 


na 
<< 


TOU IN a! 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—Continued 





4 c. MISCELLANEOUS DIVISIONS. 
5.4 Dae BELIEVER’S STANDING AND STATE. 


A distinction of vast importance to the right understanding 
of the Scriptures, especially of the Epistles, is that which con- 
| cerns the standing of the believer, and his state or walk. : 

f Much in the Epistles relates to the believer’s position, while 
other passages refer to his condition of soul. 1 
% 
4 
! 





SS Se ee ee 


The first is the result of the work of Christ, and is perfect 
and entire from the very moment that Christ is received by 
faith. Nothing in the after life of the believer adds in the 2 
smallest degree to his title to God’s favor, or to his perfect se- 
curity. Faith alone confers standing in G in God’s sight, and before 
Him the weakest, most ignorant, most infirm and fallible man 
on earth, if he be but a true believer on the Lord Jesus Christ, 
iy has precisely the same title as the most illustrious saint. 


ft What that title or sta nding is may be briefly seen from the 
: following Scriptures:. \ 
| | Q) 


| | a ie KR ae a Rane 
i r=, 4 Mn J-t_2 a 


= 


ee ee 


o~ ae woe oe 








—- wi a ey WES ie 
¢* F, 
i ie t ‘¥ : { 

' yes ere ee 


MN mw Keates asp well ap Cred oe re aa 
im 2:19; Tie, bases Ode 26:27, ie wages i 
| RU oe | 





pita aby Gan hoi 


ee ire eee erie 


OAC AW, au? = Ae BiII—-IS; F 

Sg Pare Ep tT Sam, 3:6,7; tt aaa 

Htreles (8°49 = 00; i a ‘Sob. F4 7-97, 19-26: 

Pee Cr. a ke ee 
Helge ~ ene eM ia nk. ng eae ef 
I Jin, Cay ot Gees sit 13, ih 2 i 








Better 
hols ClotUmetr Panne Oy 


c* 





STANDING AND STATE. 37 


Joha aj124 1, Peticil4, 55, 11::9;Rom. iv.1,.25 Hebs'x.19, 
Eph. ii. 4-6; 1 Cor. xii. 138; LJohn v. 1; Eph. i. 11; Rev. i. 5, 
6; John it. 16; Eph. i. 3; 11. 13; v. 30; Rom. vili. 17; 1 John 
iii, 2; Col. ii. 10; 1 John v. 13; Eph. i. 6, 13; 1 Cor. vi. 19. 

Every one of these marvelous things is true of every believ- 
er on the Lord Jesus Christ. Not one item in this glorious in- 
ventory is said to be gained by prayer, or by diligence in ser- 
vice, or by church-going, or by alms-giving, or self-denial, or 
holiness of life, or by any other description of good works. All 
is the gift of God, through Christ, to faith, and therefore be- 
longs equally to every believer. a 

What his actual state may be is quite another matter; cer- 
tainly it is far, far below his exalted standing in the sight of 
God. It is not all at once that he becomes as royal, priestly, 
and heavenly in walk as he is at once in standing. 

1. ExampLres or CONTRAST. 


STANDING. STATE. 

torneo" OMitoel Cor ts las di 1-35. 1v. L828, 
t Cor visit, (with L:Cor, vi. ¢. 

iL Coraviotoo with b Cor, vi 1d. 


Matt. xvi. 17, with Matt. xvi. 23. 
Col. i. 12, 18, with Col. iti. 8, 9. 
2. THe DIVINE ORDER, UNDER GRACE, IS FIRST TO Zive THE 
HIGHEST POSSIBLE Standing AND THEN TO EXHORT THE BE- 
LIEVER TO MAINTAIN A State IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH. 


GIFT. EXHORTATION. 
Rom. vi. 6, with Col. 11. 20. 
Matt. v. 14, with Matt. v. 16. 

PAT OS Fa Us ae with Phil. ii. 12. 
Eph. ii. 6, with Col. iti. 1. 
Col. 111. 4, with Col. iii. 5; 
Eph. v. 8, with Eph. v. 8. 

1 Thess. v. 5, with 1 Thess. v. 6. 
1 Thess. v. 9, 10, with 1 Thess. v. 11. 
jas: &.; £0, with John xvii. 17. 
$.@or. 1/130, with 1 Thess. v. 23. 
Heb. x. 14, with Phil. iii. 12. 


Phil. iti. 15, 
1 John iv. 17, 


with Heb. vi. 1. 
with 1 John ii. 6. 


38 SALVATION AND REWARDS. 


tt may be said that all the after-work of God, in his behalf, 
the application of the Word to his walk and conscience (John 
xvii. 17; Eph. v. 26); the chastisements of the Father’s hand 
(Heb. xii. 10; 1 Cor. xi. 32); the ministry of the Spirit, (Eph. 
iv. 11, 12); all the difficulties and trials of the wilderness way 
(1 Pet. iv. 12-14); and the final transformation when He shall 
appear (1 John iii. 2), all are intended simply to bring the be- 
liever’s character into perfect conformity to the position which 
is his in the instant of his conversion. He grows in grace, in- 
deed, but not into grace. 


LESSON XI. 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—cContinued. 


c. MISCELLANEOUS DIVISIONS. 
6. SALVATION AND REWARDS. 


The New Testament Scriptures contain a doctrine of salva- 
tion for the Lost, and a doctrine of rewards for the faithful sez- 
vices of the savepD; and it is of great importance to the right 
understanding of the Word that the student shall comprehend 
the distinction between these. What that distinction is may be 
seen by carefully noting the following contrasts: =~ 
1.. SALVATION IS A FREE GIFT. 8 

John iv. 10;(Rev. xxii. 17;) Eph. ii. 8, 9; Isa. lv. 1; Rom. 
Vi. 23. QQ hia, Kee 23.99-49 


But in contrast with the freeness of salvation, note that 


2. REWARDS ARE EARNED BY WORKS. Rew.227, 1, tY, 26-23, a: S12 26. 


Matt. x. 42; Rev. xxii. 12; Luke xix. 17; 2 Tim. tv. 7, 8; 
1 Cor. ix. 24, 25; ii. 11-15; Rev. 11.10. [Not ‘‘life”— 
the Smyrna saints had this—but a ‘crown”’ of life. 
Crowns are symbols of rewards—of distinctions earned. 
It may be remarked that five crowns are mentioned— 





46 Do Cree Urea ordi aneca ue Oi eH, 


M2ane, gare ae Aoi ade eye gi 


' 


Oe SEES Haagen ee eles Low hay 
>, EOE Ong, oped Ke tA " Daurect" 


Yeh ae Tae? eee eee, CC ea Se eee ee an, i Ce oe ares oe ee 
, } ¥! 


esi iyi Crowns 


Pye ee 


“Sate te 4-1,9-10 23 24- ee Ih ae 3. a .20; 





oS: _ 7 





i ap Fiore 2:14, 
| oan rg on 
A eel tig ay Ser- eG 
OW oa Rm MP My Fre fedan ANY PAW MS EY A is sale yi 8 4: 9,F 
2 DENG (PENI ES ea A ae 
& ~ Moth, J: It2; RT By Be HM Bs Me 
(BadrratiTeig Wek a “pacesarta) fp 
i Sit. we fed | is retin E 
; (Yaoi Bracks pA iton) | 
pesca te Br, Math, (6.24, T Cov. 4: 24247 
| 
: THREE cn ee S Qe GSacvaTiON. 
2 Po. «. a wr toe. oe 


pe Rateor iia QiriRas 


| ey han (: aa Bey (oR De Be ic Mee 


ee 














TWO RESURRECTIONS. 39 


that of joy, or rejoicing, the reward of in at i ¢ 
iv. 1; 1 Thess. ii. he of r iene the reward of 
ness-in- test imony ( im, 1V #1 of life, the re- 
ward of faithfulness Anpoinr ale A ren Rev. ii. 10); 
of glory, the reward of fai andér suffering (1 
Pet. v. 4; Heb>i+-9), and the incorruptible crown, the 
| reward a temperateness (1 Cor. ix. 24, 25). | Ps 
g20 SALVATION IS A PRESENT POSSESSION. 
- John ii. 36; 2 Tim. i. 9; 1 John v. 11; John v. 24, R. V.; 
(Luke vii. 50 :)John vi. 47;(Titus iii. 5) 
In contrast with the present tense in the salvation passages 
is the future tense in reward passages: 
4, REWARDS ARE A FUTURE ATTAINMENT. 
Pate RL et LOPE. Ve ae, Re RIV Te oe DM, 1Ve os 
Rev. xxii. 12; Matt. xxv. 19. 

God’s purpose in promising to reward with heavenly and eter- 
nal honors the faithful service of His saints is to win them 
from the pursuit of earthly riches and pleasures, to sustain 
them in the fires of persecution, and to encourage them in the 
exercise of Christian virtues. See: 

Heb. xi. 8-10, 24-27; Matt. v. 11, 12; x. 41, 42; Luke xii. 
9-070; Col. 111. 22-24: Luke xiv. 12, 14; Daniel xii. 3; 2 Tim. 
iV, oe tev, Xl, 2,"a; FORM IV. go, 50; Feb, vi, 10. 

Finally, let us heed the warning—Reyv. iti. 11. 


WE SOON ALT. 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—Continued. 


¢. MISCELLANEOUS DIVISIONS. 


%. Tur Two RESURRECTIONS. 


The Word of Truth teaches in the clearest and most positive 
terms that all of the dead will be raised. No doctrine of the 


40 THE JUDGMENTS. 


faith rests upon a more literal and emphatic body of Scripture 
authority than this, nor is any more vital to Christianity. 1 
Cor. xv. 13, 14. 

But it isimportant to observe that the Scriptures do not teach 
that all the dead are raised at one time. A partial resurrection 
of saints has already occurred. Matt. xxvii. 52, 53. : 

Two resurrections, differing in respect to time and to those 
who are the subjects of the resurrection, are yet future. These 
are variously distinguished as ‘‘of life,” and ‘‘of damnation ;” as 
‘fof the just,” etc. The Scriptures bearing upon this import- 
ant subject are as follows: 

John v. 28, 29. [If it be objected that the word ‘‘hour” in 
this passage would indicate a simultaneous resurrection of 
these two classes, it is answered that the ‘‘hour” of verse 25 has 
already lasted eighteen hundred years. See also ‘‘day,” in 2 
Pet, 131,85 2 Cor ai. 2:3. John vit56.). Luke xiv. 13 eles 1 
Cor. xv. 22, 23; 1 Thess. iv. 13-16; Phil. iii, 11; Rev. xx. 4-6. 
~ The testimony of Scripture, then, is clear that believers’ 
bodies are raised from among the bodies of unbelievers, and 
caught up to meet the Lord in the air one thousand years be- 
fore the resurrection of the latter. It should be firmly held 
that the doctrine of the resurrections concerns only the bodies 
of the dead. ‘Their disembodied spirits are instantly in con- 
scious bliss or woe. Phil. i. 23; 2 Cor. v. 8; Luke xvi. 22, 23. 





LESSON, XHT. 


The Divisions of the Scriptures.—Continued. 


c. MISCELLANEOUS DIVISIONS. 


8. THE JUDGMENTS. 


The expression ‘‘general judgment,” of such frequent occur- 
rence in religious literature, is not found in the Scriptures; and 
what is of more importance, the idea intended to be conveyed 
by that expression is not found in the Scriptures. 








THE JUDGMENTS. 4I 


Dr. Pentecost well says: ‘‘It is a mischievous habit that has 
led the Christian world to speak of the judgment as being one 
great event, taking place at the end of the world, when all hu- 
man beings, saints, sinners, Jews and Gentiles, the living and 
the dead, shall stand up before the ‘great white throne’ and 
there be judged. Nothing can be more wide of the teaching 
of the Scriptures.” 

The Bible speaks of many judgments. 

Besides the many and terrible judgments described in the 
Revelation, seven judgments are defined, and these will be 
found to differ in four general respects: (1) In respect to 
those who are the subjects of judgment; (2) in respect to the 
place of judgment; (3) in respect to the time of judgment; 
and (4) in respect to the result of the judgment. 


1. Tur SINS or Betmevers HAVE BEEN Juncep. 
ime, A.D. 30.) Place, the cross. ‘Result; death) for 
Christ, justification for the believer. 
Poesy 1G er het, wil tis ey GOr, Viol +: pOUm meds 
RV G2e Pet Ja 24: (Gall ineta} Heb. ixe 26; Rome vin, 
$ROW. 


2. SELF 1n THe Betiever MUST) BE Jupcep. 
Time, anytime. Place, anywhere. Result, chastisement. 
eo nitro CON veal oim. 120°) Heb.) xt gue) 
Peo vile Mo Petwiv: i.e oaml, Xils) to. 14. 


3. Tue WORKS or BELIEVERS ARE TO BE JjupceEp. 

Time, when Christ comes... Place, ‘‘in the air.’’ Result, 
to the believer, ‘‘reward”’ or ‘‘loss,” ‘‘but he himself shall be 
saved.” 

It is a solemn thought that, though Christ bore our sins in 
His own body on the tree, and God has entered into cove- 
nant with us to ‘‘remember them no more” (Heb. x. 17), 
every work must come into judgment. 2 Cor. v. 9, 10; Rom. 
xiv 10. 

It will be observed that both of these passages are limited 
by the context to believers. In the first, the Apostle has 
just written of us.as in one of two states: Either we are at 
home in the body and absent from the Lord. or absent from 


42 


ye 


THE JUDGMENTS. 


the body and present with the Lord, language which could 
not be used of unbelievers. ‘‘Wherefore we make it our 
aim’ in either place—with the Lord, or in the body—to 
please Him, ‘‘For we must all be made manifest,” etc. 2 
Cor; v..8) 9: 

In the other passage the words ‘‘we”’ and ‘‘brother” limit 
it to believers. The Holy Spirit never so commingles the 
saved and the lost. Then, lest it should seem incredible 
that a blood-cleansed saint could come into any judgment 
whatever, he quotes from Isaiah to prove that ‘every knee 
shall bow,” etc., and adds, ‘‘So then every one of us shall 
give account of himself to God.” 

The following passage gives the basis of the judgment of 
works: 1 Cor, iti. 11-15. 

The following passages fix the time of this judgment: 
Matt. xvi. 27; 1 Cor. iv. 5; 2 Tim. iv. 8; Luke xiv.14; Rev. 
KXiAL9. 


Tue NATIONS are TO BE Jupcep. 

Time, the glorious appearing of Christ. Place, the valley 
of Jehoshaphat. Result, some declared saved, some lost. 

Time, Matt. xxv. 31, 32; Matt. xiii. 40, 41. Place, Joel 
ili. 1, 2, 12-14. Basis, treatment of those whom Christ there 
calls ‘‘my brethren.” Matt. xxv. 40, 45; Joel iii. 3, 6, 7. 
These ‘‘brethren” are believed to be the Jewish remnant who 


* have turned to Jesus as their Messiah during ‘‘the great trib- 


ulation” which follows the taking away of the church and is 
terminated by the glorious appearing of our Lord. Matt. 
xxiv. 21, 22; Rev. vii. 14, R. V.; 2 Thess. ii. 3-9, R. V. The 
proof is too extensive to be adduced here. It is evident, how- 
ever, that these ‘‘brethren’’ cannot be believers of this dis- 
pensation, for it would be impossible to find any considerable 
number of Christians who are so ignorant that they do not 
know that offices of kindness to believers are really ministries 
to Jesus Himself. Result, Matt. xxv. 46. 

As this judgment of the living nations is sometimes con- 
rounded with that of the ‘‘great white throne” in Rev. xx. 11, 
it may be well to note the following contrasts between the 
two scenes: 


Aahwret ght ued 6.17 
% ‘ =: ; » 








THE JUDGMENTS. 43 


Living Nations. Great White Throne. 
No resurrection. A resurrection. 
Living nations judged. ‘‘The dead” judged. 
On the earth. Heavens and earth fled away. 
No books. ‘¢ Books were opened.” 
Three classes—sheep, goats, ‘‘ brethren.”” One class—‘‘ the dead.” 
Time, when Christ appears. After he has reigned 1,000 years, 


The saints will be associated with Christ in this judgment 
and hence cannot be the subjects of it. See1 Cor. vi. 2, with 
Dan. vii. 22, and Jude 14, 15. 


In truth, the judgment of the great white throne and the 
judgment of the living nations have but one thing in com- 
mon—the Judge. 


5. REGATHERED ISRAEL 1s TO BE Jupcep. 


Time, after the glorious appearing of the Lord. Place, the 
Wilderness of Judea. Result, some shall be prevented from 
entering the land; the others shall be blessed there. Psa. 
1. 1-21; Ezekiel xx. 33-44. 


It is obvious (1) that in the above passages Israel alone is 
in view; (2) that the time is when ‘‘our God shall come”; 
(3) that the judgment is the sifting of profession (Psa. 1. 
16-22); and that the rejected are punished by exclusion from 
the land (Ezk. xx. 38). : 


While it is in close connection as to time with the judg- 
ment of the nations, it is distinguished from that judgment 
by place, subjects, and result. 


6. THe WICKED DEAD are TO BE Jupcep. 


Time, a determined day, after the millennium. Acts xvii. 
31; Rev. xx. 5, 7. Place, before ‘‘the great white throne.’ 
Rev. xm Li wakesultuiRev. }xx,.16; 


44 THE TYPES. 


a 


(7 THe FALLEN ANGELS are TO BE Jupcep. 


Time, .*‘ the great day.’ Jude 6; 2 Pet..11,.4.,.\Placemmor 
revealed. 


Christians are associated in this judgment. 1 Cor. vi. 3. 


LESSON. NEY: 


The Interpretation of Scripture. 


I. THE TYPES. 


A type is a divinely purposed illustration of some truth. 
A type may be— 


A PERSON. 


Example, Adam as a type of Christ. Rom. v. 14. 


Me oe 


ed ¥ : Re Ear “<3. 


“tp 4 


3 ee Q sN Ye a 





A ae Bit: ie Bae cae ier 


Sager aca 


INTERPRETATION. 45 


6. Aw Event. 
Example, the events of the Exodus. 1 Cor. x. 11, margin. 


¢. A THING: 
Example, the veil of the temple as a type of the human 
body of Christ. “Heb. x. 20. 


ay 
d. AN INSTITUTION. 


_ Example, Jewish high-priesthood, a type of the high-priest- 
hood of Christ. Heb. ix. 11, etc. 


e. A CEREMONIAL. 


Example, the Passover, a type of the sacrifice of Christ. 
MOOR Very: | 
‘Types occur most feeduntly in the Pentateuch, but are 
found, more sparingly, elsewhere. The anti-type, or fulfill- 
> ment i the type, is found, usually, in the New Testament. 


INTERPRETATION. 


1. A type must never be used to teach a doctrine, but only 
to illustrate a doctrine elsewhere explicitly taught. Exam- 
ple, John iii. 14; 1 Cor. v. 7. 

2. It cannot be positively affirmed that anything is a type 
which is not somewhere in Scripture treated as such. 


[Note on Rule 2. It is undoubtedly true that there are many true types 
which do not fall under this rule, but their recognition is a matter of spirit- 
ual discernment and cannot be dogmatically established. Example, Joseph 
is almost universally acknowledged to be a type of Christ, but no Scripture 
can be found which explicitly declares him to be such. | 


Viera LORTCAT SURIPPURES, 


These are (1) literally true. ‘The events recorded occurred. 
And yet (2) they have [perhaps more often than we suspect | 
an allegorical or spiritual significance. Example, the history 
of Isaac and Ishmael. Gal. iv. 22-31. 

Who can doubt that the narrative portions of Scripture 
abound in spiritual analogies? ¢. g., the story of Mephivosheth, 
2 Sam. ix. 1-13; of Isaiah’s cleansing, Isa. vi. 1-8, etc. 

It is then permitted—while holding firmly the historical ver. 
ity—treverently to spiritualize the historical Scriptures. 


46 INTERPRETATION. 


ite «THE PROPHECIES: 


Here we reach the ground of absolute literalness. Figures 
are often found in the prophecies, but the figure invariably has 


a literal fulfillment. Not one instance exists of a ‘‘spiritual” or 
- figurative fulfillment of prophecy. Examples: These may be 
found abundantly in Lesson II. | 

Since God has invariably fulfilled prophecy with exact literal- 
ness, this rule for the interpretation of unfulfilled prophecy is 
established by God Himself. Jerusalem is always Jerusalem, 
Israel always Israel, Zion always Zion. 

But the inspired rule given in 2 Pet. i. 20 must ever be 
obeyed by the student of prophecy: ‘‘Knowing this first, that 
no prophecy of the Scripture is of any private interpretation.” 

In other words, no prophecy is to be interpreted by itself, but 
must be collated with all the other prophetic utterances on that 
subject. 


The sum total of all revelation concerning any subject is the 


true doctrine of Scripture upon that subject. 
A further caution forms the golden rule of Scripture inter- 


pretation—study the context. Simply to read what precedes 
and what follows any passage will, in most cases, clear up its 
difficulties. 








RECAPITULATION. 

Types are interpreted by their use in the New Testament and 
by their analogy with clearly revealed doctrines. 

Hisrorigs may be reverently spiritualized. 

PROPHECIES may never be spiritualized, but are always literal. 


- 








a cease? 
eT ee 
bay rhc 


THE COVENANTS. 47 


THE SEVEN GREATER COVENANTS. > 


The Covenants of God disclose: His whole purpose earth- 
ward, and are of two kinds:— 

(1). Declarative, or unconditional, ¢. g., Gen. ix. 11, for- 
mula, ‘‘I will.” 

jp amittial or, conditional, 2.02. ix."xix:’5, formula tf 
thou wilt,” 

Of the following seven greater Covenants, the Mosaic Cov- 
enant is conditional, the others are unconditional. All Scrip- 
ture crystallizes about, and is the development of, these Cove- 
nants. 


I. Tue Apamic CovENANT. 


1. The Covenant formed. Gen. ili. 14-19. 

2. Elements of the Covenant: (1) Curse upon the serpent. 
(2) Abiding enmity between the seed of Satan and the seed of 
the woman. (3) Final victory of the woman’s seed through 
suffering. (4) Thesorrows of maternity. (5) The subordina- 
tion of the woman. (6) Creation enslaved. (7%) Physical 
death. See Gal. iv. 4; 1 John iii. 8; Matt. iv. 1; Matt. xiii. 
37-39; Luke viii. 14; John xiii. 2; Heb. ii. 14; John xiv. 30; 


Luke xxii. 53. ZL Bn. 9 pe a Ah Aes 


II. Tue Noauwic Covenant. 


1. The Covenant formed. Gen. vili. 20-ix. 27. 

2. Elements of the Covenant: (1) The race not to be again 
destroyed. (2) The natural order of the seasons to be pre- 
served. (3) The sons of Noah to be each the head of a distinct 
division of the race. (a) Shem to have a peculiar relation to 
Jehovah-Elohim. From Shem spring the Hebrew, Arabian, 
Armenian, etc., races. (b) Ham’s descendants to form the 
inferior and servile races. (c) Japheth to be ‘‘enlarged”’ and 
to ‘‘dwell in the tents of Shem.” They form the Gentile and 
Indo-European races. 


III. THe ABprRAHAMIC COVENANT. 

1. The Covenant formed. Gen. xii. 1-3; Acts vii. 3. Ad- 
ditional details, Gen. xiii. 14-17; xv. 1-18; xvii. 1-8. 

2. Elements of the Covenant: (1) Originates the nation 








48 THE COVENANTS. 


of Israel. (2) Vests the title to the land of Canaan in the 
‘‘seed”? of Abraham, who is Christ (Gal. iii. 16). (3) Contains 
the Covenant of redemption. (4) Promises the divine protec- 
tion to the Abrahamic stock. (5) And all this absolutely 
unconditional. ‘‘I will.” 


IV. Tue Mosaic CovENANT. 


1. The Covenant formed. Ex. xix.-xxx. It is in''two 
parts: (1) Law of Duty, or Ten Commandments. (2) Law of 
Mercy, or Priesthood and Sacrifices. Lev. iv. 27-31; Heb. 
ix. 1-7. Re Me Tite 

2. When given. 2500 years after creation,—430 years 
after the Abrahamic Covenant. 


8. To whom given. Ex. xix. 3; Deut. v. 1-3, (but law 
does its work wherever it goes). Rom. ii. 12; iii, 19; 1 Tim. 
i, 9-11. 

4, The purpose of the law. (1) Negatively. Rom. iii. 
19, 20; Gal. ii. 16-21; Heb. vii, 18, 19; Gal. iii. 16,17. (2) Pos- 
itively. Rom. iii. 19; vii. 7-13; Gal ili. 10; iii. 28, 24. 

5. Christ’s relation to the Mosaic Covenant. (1) He was 
under it. Gal. iv. 4; Matt. iii. 18, 15; Luke xvii. 12-14; xxii. 
8. (2) He keptit. John viii. 46; xv. 10... (8)\ He bore the 
curse of the law vicariously for sinners. Gal. iii. 10-13; 2 
Cor. v. 21; Gal. iv. 4, 5. (4) His sacrifice fulfilled and took 
the place of the Priesthood and sacrifices. Heb. ix. 11-15; x. 
1-12, 26, 27. 

6. The believer in Christ is under the New Covenant and 
not the Old. Rom. viii. 1; Gal. iii. ti Lit 


* . = 
V. Tue DeutTEeRoNomic CovEeNANT. TApae a naked tls 


1. The Covenant formed. Deut. xxx. 1-9. 


2. Elements of the Covenant: (1) It is established in view 
of a foreseen world-wide dispersion of Israel, ver. 1. (2) It 
foresees the repentance of Israel in such a dispersion, ver. 2. 
(3) It covenants, in view of such repentance, the return of the 
Lord, ver. 3. (4) The Lord, having returned, will re-gather 
dispersed Israel and bring the nation again into its own land, © 
ver. 3-5. (5) It covenants the conversion of restored Israel, 

















Oa yt ia Wioasa’ | 
Bis. TS a pe ae toe fee Oh ae 
| Ue Leeman re Pere a eee | 
: oh IN ag ie Cone ar cae haa ve 
“She Lous of Uriel” je ws pier Te a | 
ief10: 16. q 





an~ Wigs Vous Aawouclo Cowe. he 1G: Be Nevik 6G: é Ae 1Or 272 p 
tr, Onioks Lous ee wt Love sfohm +" 4. | 


eae. Ua Rows Ce UG | 
ae Be hive ay ek pe mit roate.8 


plat Se rb. art 
tec + PEs. age Ca | 
Ss HOUSE . te Aik een a Save oh | | 
PWBAR IA x : A, tt oad. 





THE COVENANTS. : “49 


ver. 6. (6) It promises judgment upon Israel’s oppressors 
(see Gen. xii. 3) ver 7. (7) It covenants great blessing and 
“prosperity for restored Israel, ver. 8, 9. 


Notre. Israel entered Palestine under the Deuteronomic Covenant, not 
under the Abrahamic Covenant. See Deut. xxvili-xxx. 


VI. Tue Davipic CovENaAnt. 


1. The Covenant formed. 2 Sam. vii. 5-19. 


2. Elements of the Covenant: (1) A ‘‘ house” or posterity. 
(2) A ‘‘throne’—royal authority. (3) A ‘‘kingdom”—sphere 
of authority. (4) These are everlasting—‘‘forever.” (5) A 
condition: Disobedience to be followed by chastisement, but 
not by the abrogation of the Covenant. 


3. The King human and divine. Isa. vil. 13, 14; 1x. 6, 7. 


4, How the kingdom is to be established: Isa. xi. 10-12; 
Jer. xxiil. 3-8; xxxiiil. 14-21; Ezek, xxxvii. 22-28; Hosea iti. 
4.5; Micah v. 2. 

5. Summary of Covenant in Old Testament. (1) The 
Covenant assures to David an undying posterity, royalty and 
kingdom in his Seed or Son, who is David’s Son and God’s 
Son. (2) That kingdom is to be established on the earth, is 
first Israelitish and Palestinian, and begins by the restoration 
of Judah and Israel to Palestine, afterward becoming universal. 


6. The Davidic Covenant in the New Testament. (1) The 
Covenant confirmed to the Virgin, Luke i. 26-33. (2) The 
‘King born in Bethlehem according to Micah v. 2; Matt ii. 1-6. 
(3) The kingdom ‘‘at hand.” Matt. iii. 1, 2; iv. 17; x. 5-7. 
(4) The King comes ‘‘meek and lowly” according to Zech. 
ix. 9; Matt. xxi. 1-5. (5) The rejection of the kingdom evi- 
‘dent. Matt. xi. 16-30; xii 14-21, 41-49. (6) The mystery 
form of the kingdom revealed. Matt xiii: (7) The church 
‘announced. Matt. xvi. 13-21. (8) The king offered according 
to Micah; Matt. xxi. 1-5. ©(9) The King rejected; crucified and 
risen. John xix: 14, 15; Acts ii. 29-32. (10) The King to 
return and set up His throne. Acts ii.; xv. 14-17; iv. 24-28, 
with Psa. ii. 1-12; Rev. xx. 1-6. 

7. Summary of Covenant in the New Testament. Jesus 
Christ, as man, is heir of the ancient kingdom of David, His 


50 THE COVENANTS. 


ancestor according to the flesh. That kingdom is Palestinian, 
Israelitish, visible. It is to be established by divine power. 
Its chief characteristics are righteousness and. peace. Under 
Jesus Christ it will become universal and will continue 1,000 
years. 


VII. Tue New Covenant. 


1. The Covenant formed. Heb. viii. 6-13. 

2. The New Covenant in prophecy. Jer. xxxi. 31-34. 

3. The New Covenant is founded on the sacrifice of Christ. 
Matt. xxvi. 27, 28; 1 Cor. xi. 25; Heb. ix. 11, 12; Heb. viii. 
6-13. : 

4, Though primarily for Israel, Christians are now par- 
takers of the New Covenant. Heb. x. 11-22; Eph. ii. 11-20. 

5. The Jews are yet to be brought into the New Covenant. 
Ezek. xx. 34-37; Jer xxiii. 5, 6.; Rom. xi. 25-27. 


ALL THE COVENANTS MEET IN CHRIST. 


1. Heis the ‘‘seed of the woman” and Satan destroyer of 
the Adamic Covenant. Gen. iii. 15; 1 Johniii. 8; John xii. 
31; Rev. xx.. 10. ° | 

2. As man He came under the conditions of life of the 
Noahic Covenant. 

3. He was the ‘‘seed” to whom the promises were made 
under the Abrahamic Covenant. Gen. xxii. 18; Gal. iii, 16. 

4. He bore the curse of the Mosaic Covenant. Gal. iti. 
10, 13. 
5. He. lived asa Jew in the land obediently under the 
Deuteronomic.Covenant. John viii. 46; xix. 4. : 

6. He is the ‘‘seed,” heir and coming King under the 
Davidic Covenant. Luke i. 31-33. 

%. His sacrifice is the found&ation of the New Covenant. 
Matt. xxvi. 27, 28. 





iy, 
; 


F 2 eh = Os 





EXAMINATION. 


SECTION I. 


Before beginning this examination, read Instructions to 
Students, page 4. 


1. Why is the testimony of Christ to the inspiration of 
Scripture authoritative? 


2. In what passage does Christ treat the entire Old Testa- 
ment as inspired? 








Ke EXAMINATION : SECTION 1. 


3. How does He affirm the Mosaic authorship of the first 
five books? 
4. What does He affirm respecting the miraculous narratives 
of the Old Testament? 
5. What testimony does He bear to the inspiration of the 
Psalms and Prophecies? | ae 
6. Explain how we receive the New Testament Scriptures 
upon the authority of Christ. 
7%. Is Christ a witness to the hig inspiration of Scripture? 
8. How? 
9. State the bearing upon verbal inspiration of the testi- 
monies of the writers of Scripture cited on pages 10 and 11. 
10. How does the fulfillment of prophecy prove Bee to 
be inspired? 
11. Might not the prophecies have been shrewd guesses? 
12. What special seeming improbability was there in the 
prediction that Christ should suffer death by crucifixion? 
13. What are the two grand structural divisions of the Bible? 
14. How many books has the Old Testament? 
15. Into how many groups are they divided? 
16. Write from memory the names of the books in each 
group. 
1%. How many books has the New Testament? 
18. Into how many groups are they divided? 
19. Write from memory the names of the books in each 


- group. 


20. What is the three-fold Biblical division of the Old Testa-— 


ment? 
' 21. What was the Rabbinical division? 
22. What is a dispensation? 
23. Into how many dispensations is time divided? 
24. How many dispensations are passed? 
25. State in order the dispensations, giving a brief account 


of man’s state at the beginning of each, what he was responsible - 


to do, how -he failed, and the nature of the, judgment which 
followed. 
26. In what dispensation was the Ola Testament written? 
97° The New Téstament? ~~ : 
28. What will be the first event in ae. Siesige of this dis- 
pensation? 














on 


eae am 














te. : 





eo din frs 2A BTID p 
ey Uruk wilalk dows 2c 


oS eee cay Urol dare Us 
gwd pO ous eu ras | 
Togo wh. anhint Us 0.9. 
ty Wwholh ve Ud a 
& aly Ans Urtrratde oO 

| 
i. oO — aaprmoraay 


| ar 
: Vee 


patna Ca Earn rn 


| I 1.€as gh ay nat bs os ls = 


Pai - 








tye in spe ? bs tia Cae See | 
ork ar is elena A 


| 


pe PD sich Rat tS 


fiat eee Ure sy nite Aneta! q 
Bees 
ee ont 4 
ra, shee or bite ' 

Sane “Wak a 5) EB Brad crap 


he OF aie. ete 


‘ee 0 ae 











29. 
30. 
dl. 
32. 
33. 
34. 
35. 


EXAMINATION : SECTION I. 53 


The next? 

The next? 

How long will the millennium last? 

What follows the millennium? 

Into how many classes does Scripture divide the race? 
Who was the first Hebrew? 

State briefly the distinctions between the Jew, the 


Gentile and the church. 


36. 
37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 


When did the church begin? 

Is the church mentioned in Old Testament prophecy? 
What is the particular relation of the church to Christ? 
What was the particular relation of Israel to God? 

What is the position before God of the Gentiles? 

What future is reserved for Israel? 

What two lines of Messianic prophecy are found in the 


Old Testament? 


43. 
44, 
45. 
46. 
47. 
48. 
49. 
50. 
ol. 
D2. 


Which of these has been fulfilled? 

When? 

When will the other be fulfilled? 

What is the law? 

To whom was it given? 

What is the purpose of the law? 

What is the law powerless to do? 

What is grace? 

What is God’s purpose in grace? 

Is it scriptural to say that the believer is under the law 


as a rule of life? 


53. 
54. 
D5. 
56. 
57. 
58. 
59. 
60. 


What is the believer’s rule of life? 

Describe the natural man. 

What is he powerless to do? 

What is regeneration? 

What is ‘‘the new man?” 

Has the believer the old nature still? 

How may he have victory over it? 

How may we distinguish passages of Scripture which 


refer to belzevers from those which refer to professors ? 


61. 
62. 


In which ciass is Heb. vi. 4-6? 
Does the believer’s standing before God vary according 


to his state of soul? 


63. 


How is his standing acquired? 


54 ‘ EXAMINATION : SECTION I. 


64. How may we distinguish passages which relate to the 
believer’s salvation from those which relate to his rewards ? 

65. How many resurrections are yet future? 

66. Who are the subjects of the first resurrection? 

6%. Who of the second? 

68. What is the interval between them? 

69. How many judgments are described in Scripture as yet 
future? 

70. In what respects do these differ? 

71. Enumerate these five judgments. 

72. What is a type? 

73. How many and what classes of types are found in Script- 
ure? 

74. What is the rule for interpreting types? 

75. Are the historical Scriptures true? . 

76. Have they any other than the literal meaning? 

77. Give the rules for interpreting prophecy? 


(Conelardecd yor Page ee 


Bnd - Bie 


A 
C.— fee ie ponte 1 ee 
dm, ee ef 3 
AW ow fin! an aha ese 


OA 3 Le. Mgrs oh Ue RAE 
oe J fee bi 


Pee 23 2H Yr 5 Osc as Suk 
(S- Pe MMU ic 


ees. si vaaradin 








tlie ee 
1 Re Broowat wEidog Sab WS 273 3 


WW Ley. ve 216s feu re; Aippel 








a ree fQosirs Ves ata 
(ea atom paous iene meat icL® ¢ Ogee bY) 2: 4)? | 
fory. LS: ney s UroOm Crea akac. 
Bee Vi 5 1%, How woe excatiel eh ann te urans, [ 
ad 2 An ane uria china, (Sea, er DD) | 
x I, 
d sxe Oe Cres aki, gored, BOSE AL ! 

peed? eLantiwe met)’ Si eolasas 


ae. me PL the am n Fad, Bey 9 Arce © fia J 
Cerise ach Sie on 2b 20, eg OS BES ote Aske) | 
“s 72 Ba on, fee aok OM AnARe ak | gegen “| 


Tm foov. 11% sof; a ee 








eWox che ie Gea. Mee 19-14; Anti-ef “i 
16 1 oh ie Pg 

-- 2 Urad E ye iC. 

3 18. 3 Pala Tee pee ** 






i.e 1G as neous obiding in US Rrauene ell | 
I Seam og ate ee (Rp 125 O ps | 

a (ail. Calivmmial iy meth a OY y — STAR 
errr 
| - SAAPRAM LAL 


se Crh. Fee ek MMW oY OVW : ; 
: oy dich nol, Soham [ 
‘oat . 4 





| me aes qs 


B j 
| | crew aan ch . DY 
- 








ae versee prioneltine | Mask [235-26 54; 
8711123 WG. $:23-82; 13: te Ceol (i /6-49. 


PR Lemp o- Us OSU Peart Rerum ent 
ne Gt, 8: EA uct le Leal oF 6: 3H. 
pa ae papers pewmecre 
of A. one 
OO anapeatare pe i ce wea e a Ra Lick tin Metra “8 


Sera pibek de ae ot Saree 


| antes T horw + Cane not 


ae Dee Fare A baci? | 
ie (Nk o Lh PP ed pee Beret 5 e as | 
ete Veen” of (eas | a et hie | 
Poe on ee UTS y id 

, : 
a aon oy Ae ia! 


Mae git O6, 


One 


| 
aL 
| 
: 
| 
| 


Oy) 


i aera r Asmowe ce | 
et Oe moan or trehiowes sah 
EA Waa wen we mind - 


Cosy ye ref 
O-WU ar pa Fe A AV Wd pi 
pa. 8: u tects Uc. ni 


. Marte 8: Bg. ood; 5.31 32; 


ge: IY. ope UY Ii] s ry: ae beau see 


mp gge 
A; Wie Kae dete Ape thas Wort 5° AQR —_ 


CI) ee ae UKs. Uns 

| Obed Ue ake t rat 

: 4 Cada ke fost | | ee 
a Z a Speen A ex Vege 9 mare inch Mae a pean a il 














SECTION IL 











HOW TO STUDY THE SCRIPTURES. 


PART |. THE PENTATEUCH. 








| t 

’ 

! { 

| ths 

} iv) 

if 

i i) 

+ 

{ i! 
E 

| ¢ 

| 

} 

] 

| 








56 THE PENTATEUCH. 


SECTION ILI. 


How to Study the Scriptures. 


PARTI... THE PENTATEUCH., 


GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 


The Pentateuch (‘‘five-fold book’’), called ‘‘the law” and 
“Moses” by a usage sanctioned by the Holy Spirit and by our 
Lord (Luke xvi. 29, 31; John v.-45, 46; Rom. x. 4, 5), was 
written by Moses (see Lesson I.) and is, in its primary sense, 
purely historical. But the history is the history of persons as 
well as of events, and. is, therefore, largely biographical. Im- 
bedded in these histories is the law, both moral and ceremonial, 
so-called. Within the law, ate ee and the biographies are 
enshrined the types. fer 

In all of the books there is a progressive revelation of God 
and of His purposes. ‘This revelation is made through ‘His ac= 
tions, His names, His direct communications by words and His 
theophanies, or appearances in angelic or human form. 

The Pentateuch, then, is to be studied: 

1. Historically. The student should read the books in 
order, simply for the historical or narrative matter. Ignore 
the types, the doctrines, the teaching concerning deity, except 
as these are essential to the flow of the narrative. Fix the 
events in order in the mind, in a broad panoramic way, as if 
the subject of study were, for example, a section of English 
history. 


2. Biographically. Study the histories of the men of the 


PRentateuch as if they were modern statesmen and warriors. 

3. Analytically. Each book has certain structural divis- 
ions, like the several parts of a large edifice. This structural 
arrangement is to be mastered. 


- ——— 


ee ee ee a 


7.2 re ) ee a 
% of ahaa 
ee 
se anneal 


> 


sy he 1h: iGo tay 
opus coe ‘B), 
BE 
ary ae ic 








~2723 354 
) } Lica Pa a hag es, 

- KG 

eke eae ale 











Fy pace eat 
Son ta dng 


| TO thie TA ei aa 
iptrcerean one urov che, - hows . 
Fae uD: 35 Geko alan oe =a 


Gen fees "uraw = Veeame, tek ae 


Ore 
rs 1 the fas: oP 1 doom ee : 





GENESIS. 57. 


4, Spiritually. All other study is but preliminary to this. 
The student will now consider the books in their inspired and 
divine character as revelations from God, and as unfoldings of 
His ways and will. 

At once the method of study changes. Diligence is not 
abated, but diligence alone discovers nothing on this ground. 
The great law here is that ‘‘the things of God knoweth no 
man, but the Spirit of God.” Eye, ear and heart are power- ! 
less to grasp spiritual truth. All is matter of revelation. | 
1 Cor. ii. 9-14. 

The means of arriving at the knowledge of the truth are: 

(1) Prayerful dependence upon the illumination of the 
wpitit. ~ Psa."exte 12) 185-1" fobn 1.27. 

(2) Meditation upon the passage under study and 
upon the use made of it elsewhere in the Bible, espe- 
cially in the New Testament. Example, Gen. xxi. 
with Gal. iv. 22-31. This is ‘‘comparing spiritual 
things with spiritual.” 1 Cor, i. 13. 











LESSON XV. 


The Pentateuch.—Continued. 





GENESIS. 


Kry-Worp: ‘‘BEGINNING,” i. 1. 


This book has creation for its great subject and records the © 
beginning not only of creation and of plant, animal and human 
life, but also of all the institutions of men. It has been called 
the ‘‘seed plot of the Bible.” All subsequent:y developed truth 
exists in Genesis in germ. . 














58 


I. 


GENESIS. 


HISTORICAL. 

It is impossible to fix the point of departure called ‘‘in the 
beginning.” Verse 1. Between the ‘‘beginning” of creation 
and the utterance, ‘‘Let there be light” (verse 3), is ample 
time for all the geologic ages. 

History begins with the advent of man. In this sense the 
book of Genesis covers a period of about 2,500 years. 

The time divisions are: 


Fron: Adam: to the iloods cy sa 1656 years. 
From Flood to call of Abram..... 427 years. 
From call of Abram to death of 

Joseph (about) ice pe ¢< niaee st 400 years. 


These periods cover four dispensations. 

The more important historical events are the preparation of 
the waste and void earth for organic life; the creation of man; 
his fall from innocency; his redemption through sacrifice; the 
Adamic covenant; the flood; the covenant with Noah; the 


call of Abram, and God’s covenant with him and with his 


TL 


descendants, Isaac and Jacob, and the departure of the entire 
Abrahamic family into Egypt. The moral of this history is 
the sad failure of man. The beginning of the book records 
his creation in a paradise of matchless beauty; its last words 
are, ‘‘in a coffin in Egypt.” 


BIOGRAPHICAL, 

Of the large number of persons of whom this book affords 
some account, the following are most important: Adam, Eve 
Cain, Abel, Enoch, Noah, Abraham, Sarah, Isaac, Ishmael, 
Jacob, Esauand Joseph. The student should make himself 
so familiar with the recorded events in these livesas to be os 
to write from memory a synopsis of them. 


TE VANALY TICAL, 


The book has five structural divisions: 


wy, Creation, ie" also. 

%. The fall, penalty and redemption. iti. 1 toiv. 7. 

3. The history of the diverse seeds, Cain and Seth, to 
the flood. iv. 8 to vii. 24. 

4, The flood to Babel. viii. Isto xi/'9: 


ad a Pd an 1506 Hoy yok ht koe ee eee 
Fertih, 


mates ed gpotess Uva cra whieh UF RPE 
ans seeg: | ioe Prop. eS ‘Sse ion Waite St 


_ 


au aire | 
= Hoa i a tafe a ee 


Re ig: ae TTR ae 
fel Ara yee 1h | 








4 





a ee | 
higgins 


onde a gree oe , Re ES 


Oi ey B00 amd ae 


— Akrese Wamen prea | aa See ls 6% fala e = 


4 - a ppbene sea © O”VL ie pes ase An Serbs 
j ) iy - Bs by at ures ave ie Vis at Pe OF ok 
pan As Renee a igy "Shod- freak 


: Sis — at ) The. ¢ Bree 


(2) Ct ate (3) dv 


ee cl we, 
4) ema, ERs 2 (5) “Jrace Msg Rie a TOS ang hom Shh he 


eee PUG xt Co as +e X gO etree a oA im 
Pais soe re py fe Dies Ye fem ie EN 





- bipliag angela) 
2°) gts ian ey a ‘e 
ee de) Jets woacratede 4d 0 — Us We 


Ue (6a fe or eee Ay Aa */ ROwerm, 


a bl wy O 2 i ota “G 2. gard PID Ny eos ok 





GENESIS. 59 


5. From the call of Abram to the death of Joseph, 

xi. 10 tol. 26. 
IV. SprriTuat. 

There is very little preceptive teaching in Genesis. Truth 
is taught mainly through type, promise and action. There 
is also a beautiful progressive unfolding of the attributes of 
God through His names. [See Section IV., §1.] 

1. The student should note passages which illustrate 
the personality of God, His eternity, holiness, plu- 
rality, power, benevolence, will, hatred of sin, love 
for sinners. | 

2. Follow the chain of Messianic promise. iii. 15; xii. 
Os xvi. 15, 16. extol 2s) Exli.,, 18+: xxv. 207) XxVviii. 
138, 14; xlix. 10. 

8. Study the Abrahamic covenant, renewed to Isaac 
and Jacob. xii. 1-3, %; xiii. 14-17; xv. 146; xvii. 
2-22; xxii. 15-18; xxviii. 10-14. These included: 

(1) Earthly blessings—a land, wealth, protection, 
etc. 

(2) An earthly seed, as numerous as ‘‘the dust 
of the earth.” xiii. 16. Fulfilled in the Jewish 
nation. John viii. 33, 37. 

(3) A heavenly seed, as numerous as ‘‘the stars 
of heaven.” xv. 5. Fulfilled in all believing 
Jews and in all true Christians. Rom. ii. 28, 29; 
iv. 16; Rom. ix. 6-8; Gal. iii. 29. 

(4) Spiritual promises, as ‘‘I will bless thee 
* * * and thou shalt be a blessing.” 

(5) The promise of the Messiah, concerning 
whom subsequent Scriptures unfold a particular 
relation on the one hand to the earthly seed of 
Abraham, and on the other to his spiritual 
seed. 

Note carefully: The current teaching that the Jewish people 
are forever set aside because of their rejection of Messiah and 
that the Christian now inherits Jewish promises, is utterly un- 
scriptural. Israel as a nation always has its own place and is 
yet to have its greatest earthly exaltation. The Christian as of 
the heavenly seed of Abraham may claim the spiritual blessings. 








60 GENESIS. 


The church as the body and bride of Christ has her own dis- 
tinctive place and promises. She is not seen at all-in Old Tes- 
tament prophecy, and was to those men and ages a mvstery hid 
in God under types. Eph. iii. 9, 10. 


Vail Tvproeur 


1. Of Christ. 

Our Lord Himself has given us the clue to all the 
Christology of the Old Testament. In His Emmaus 
teaching (Luke xxiv’27, 44) He divided the ‘‘things con- 
cerning Himself” into two classes, those which concern His 
sufferings and those which concern His glory. Peter 
(1 Pet. i. 11) tells us that the Spirit of Christ in the Old 
Testament writers ‘‘testified beforehand the sufferings of 
Christ and the glories that should follow.” 

We may expect, then, to find ‘‘in all the Scriptures” a 
suffering Christ and a glorified Christ; a Christ humili- 
ated and rejected and a Christ exalted and rewarded. 

The types of Christ will be indicated in their order, 
leaving the classification to the student. The student, 
also, is expected to find the appropriate New Testament 
references. | 

(1) Christ, the Light of the world. i. 3. 
(2) Christ, the Sun of righteousness. i. 16; 
Mal. iv. 2. 


Note. He will take this character at His second com- 
ing. Morally, the world is now in the state between i. 3 
and i. 16. The sun is not. seen, but there is light. Dis- 
pensationally, the church is in place as the ‘‘lesser light,” 
the moon, reflecting the light of the unseen sun. The 
stars (i. 16) are individual believers who are ‘“‘lights.” 
Phil. ii. 15, 16. Meantime it is night. 

(3) Christ, the last Adam, the second man, typi- 
fied by the first man, Adam. i. 27-29; ii. 7-15. 
As such, Christ is head of the new creation, as 
the first man was head of the old. All men are 
either ‘in Adam” or ‘‘in Christ.” 1 Cor. xv. 
22, 45-47; Rom. v. 12-19. 

(4) Christ, the eee of the church, ii. 
18-24. rett. 9. 


BC foo IW: 2th; (“EA Ruut, win 0 oe Ame 
d Re Un ea (oo 
eect 33. (fo oe | 


BAG. ET Ree itt) CE po: 
“(Bride ryok qrenety Seat 






















4 meas Achw2@:1%; 
() Yoh is 4-10, I Gehw 1: 6; alee: 2.1 2g above see 
(2) NT: 2s; ae a9 Ob: 


| cote poses oe huts PS Chae Ce) HeOin Aa a 
(dy Bosh a a t jou a ae eee | : Ze 4 



















ere co ee PELs. 3:45; 3:2) 
ee Feb id - Gph. 2: etek eg 


5, Sac, o.eert: pe sara se. 





8.-Chrisl ~g toot geen, 3 
hea fp ery thw. - Soak o.3: yr (LOVE) 
ae ark q. " oade camet ahe.,- E ph. Sys oe 









GENESIS. 61; 


(5) Christ, the Righteousness of God. _ iii. 


Maxtt.13 Si ee 
hae +E SS. 
(oe Ti re: 


om. 2. 21-77 


21. In Scripture a garment is the constant 
symbol of righteousness. Isa. Ixi. 10; Ixiv. 6; 
Job exis 414 Revi xix: Tyrsy.ete:. “The student 
will note that, since a life must have been sacri- 
ficed before Adam ‘and Eve could have been 


fc pate clothed with ‘‘coats of skins,” there is here a 
LUV. IO SIH GS 


reference to the sufferings of Christ. The same 
thing is found in the first Messianic promise 
(iii. 15), ‘‘thou shalt bruise His keel.” 


(6) Christ, the Lamb of God. iv. 4. This 


is the most constant type of the suffering Mes- 
siah. In all the subsequent books we shall find 
this lamb typical of the ‘‘Lamb of God that 
taketh away the sin of the world.’”’ Johni. 29. 
A lamb fitly symbolizes the unresisting inno- 
cency and harmlessness of the Lord Jesus. Isa. 
litis > Luke xxi Os) Matt. xxs1- 53, 54.. This 
type is brought into prominence by contrast with 
Cain’s bloodless offering of the fruit of his own 
works and proclaims, in the very infancy of the 
race, the primal truth that ‘‘without shedding of 
blood is no remission.” Heb. ix. 22; xi. 4. 
Verse 7 should read, ‘‘If thou doest well shalt 
thou not be accepted? And if thou doest not 
well, a sin offering lieth at thy door, and thou 
rulest over it.” In rejecting Cain’s offering of 
works God again pointed him to the true remedy 
—a sin offering such as Abel had brought. 


(7) Christ, the Refuge of His people from judg- 


ene sais | Cteayilien 6: SHebsoxa. Je dn 
strictness of application this speaks of the pres- 
ervation through the ‘‘great tribulation”’ (Matt. 
xxiv. 21, 22) of the remnant of Israel who will 
turn to the Lord after the church (typified by 
Enoch, who was translated to heaven before the 
judgment of the flood,) has been caught up to 
meet the Lord. Gen. v. 22-24; 1 Thess. iv. 15- 
17; Heb. xi. 5; Isa. ii, 10, 11;.xxvi. 20-21. But 


ee 


62 GENESIS. 


the type has also a present reference to the posi- 
tion of the believer ‘‘in Christ.” Eph. i., etc. 
It should be noted that the word translated 
‘‘pitch” in Gen. vi. 14 is the same word trans- 
lated’ ‘‘atonement”.41n' ‘Lev!’ xvii. 11, etc, “Itas 
atonement that keeps out the waters of judgment 
and makes the believer’s position ‘‘in Christ” 
safe and blessed. 


v (8) Christ, the Priest after the order of Mel- 
chizedek. xiv. 18-20; Heb. vii. The type 
strictly applies to the priestly work of Christ in 
resurrection, since Melchizedek presents only 
the memorials of sacrifice—bread and wine. 
‘‘After the order of Melchizedek,”’ Heb. vi. 20, 
refers to the unending duration of Christ’s 
priesthood. Heb. vii. 23, 24. The Aaronic 
priesthood was often interrupted by death. 
Christ is a priest after the order of Melchizedek 
in the endlessness of His priesthood; but after 
the pattern of Aaron as regards His priestly 
work. 

(9) Christ, the obedient Son, as typified by 
Isaac. xxi., etc. Isaac is never seen acting in 
self-will. The course of his life is ordered by 
his father... John.v. 30;° vii 98: -Uhesmore 
prominent features of the type are: 







oe ; +O : am, Lf 1L-13 
Bi Bea : Z- 4. Isaac was the promised seed. xv. 3, 4 427 | 
Daa, on ake rit, ae | 
- cae % AS oc b. He became obedient unto death (thou Wak late | 
oe on oldies Acad  notactually slain). xxii. PriiLe.218 cata! | 


Wok @oudd wor Foreduer c. Was raised from the dead (in figure). 
Hein. “the Arsine ard  - Heb. xi. 19. | 
Ua teomww Combine 4d. And then received’a Gentile bride. xxiv. 
my ts i [The student will apply the New Testament — 
ee Sass Dosh, references under each head. | 
(10) The Joseph type. This covers so completely 
the prominent outline of the earthly relations of 
Christ that it cannot be epitomized in a sentence. 
The student will add from the New Testament 









Bl aaa slips ee (pas arse oe q- 21. 










6) -Mel oh i, Wn a AP ae se 
She dS 


















a Came tp Seek = CON days AR | 
{is ae ‘led For Proes Aro. col fremink nt Tere : 
as mone re a Rg He ae he Se. 


a) ae Se of A art) ont Pk 
mn, eS wtf gdh: We Baty 


hs og ee “CH Lg 
water dena of Cha cn ee rem 


: | 
at 
| Saag | —- Fo 








Lon 
—_ —— 





OS eR 39:4 
eel BLL 18 7h 

Apne sae 
3): 481514. 


| ChLarimra, - Oa]: 5 -/l 18-40. 
| 


Se 


SS eee 


OS hs, ae ee inte oe rs (8-2or4. 
7 deka, ke Go 2 


,.- cota isd), ee ee ye 
praee bg ® awe “De 
i | 37: 7-26 | 


i a 
- 


H 










rf 
a 
, ; ~—* aT : ia hit ele 
vt A rc AE Rt TDA Re at ah Nn 5 ce natn ata men FO A Z 





7 sen Bis oo 


Bees on Wie reQaaar ae WO oN one sale | 
GAQX., shal 3 §- ue ee, ( | 

_ Fife Looe MO HIAS- 2 Hop ae | 
Fane be. Gone ees a iiss urotal Li, #8: S7, ¥ | 


om, /!' 
i 


| Me lack ee wig in tiie Ronde pious 


S - Wie oe : chon span atetr i 
. ‘ Al: 4S 
vie r See Rd, - 









| 
. 3 0ST CAA a OW OH hemps i 
| ce : apt 1 ! 
| Saale 6 A WVOSey wowed an 
| t Aro -4rire, #5) 1-18; 43-30 | | 
1. Om ree Low s Ee ee pelo ee pene er pee || 
eg Sa Vex) rewsealled J Ag cH Race 2 -& a 
hae fo weal ad Rx ey he eee dl 


Wir Pegi en Ud ff ; 
OS. oe LES an hive (ore - 


4 ca «Nk Teas ee 





GENESIS. 63 








| the references showing the fulfillment in Christ 
\°o , ot the seven-fold type. 7ta/ 
| 7 Bie Bee yer a. Joseph was the beloved of his father. 
Mee, the Saeterc dl? © xxxvil-'3: Matt, Se Oe Pe: 
| 6. Hated and rejected of his brethren. xxxvii. 
, 4-8, fot 18.28, bed firy, 
¢, His brethren conspire to slay him and, in 
intention and figure, do slay him. xxxvii. 
18-22. WMatt.21°38. : 
d. Heis lifted up out of the pit. xxxvii. 28, AcLa >*+34,5%) 
é. He goes to the Gentiles, by whom, after 
some persecution, he is received and favored. 
xxxixuto xis 446° (Lo clkim Khcoed 
j. He receives*a Gentile bride during the ih 
time of his rejection by his brethren, the | 
Israelites. xli. 45. 
g. He is reconciled to his brethren of Israel, 
| who receive great earthly prosperity through 
him. xiii. to xlvii. 11. Rowe. i718 %- 
2. Of the church. 
(1) The “lesser light to rule the night.’”’ i. 16. 
The church shines by reflecting the light of the ab- 
sent sun. 2 Cor. iii. 18, R. V.; Matt. v. 14. 
| (2) Eve. ii. 18-24; John iii. 28, 29;.2 Cor. xi. 2; 
| Eph. v. 25-32: Rev. xix. 7, 8. 
3 (8) Enoch. v. 22-24; Heb. xi. 5. Enoch ‘was trans- 
| lated that he should not see death,” before the judg- 
| ment of the flood fell upon the guilty earth. The 
| ss very first event in the closing of this dispensation— 
| : 
| 
| 


SRT Le 


ao 
pak 








an event which will precede the judgment of the 
great tribulation (Dan. xii. 1; Matt. xxiv. 21)—will 
| be the translation of the church. 1 Thess. iv. 14-17. 
i Noah and his family typify the believing Jewish Ik 
} - remnant who will be preserved through the tribula- | ifs 
tion. 7 | | | 








(4) Rebekah, the Gentile bride of the Son. xxiv. 
i. In this type we see the bride as won for an absent 
a ae bridegroom. by the faithful testimony of a servant, 
| who speaks not of himself, but of the riches of his 





Sa Sa a ne RI 


En or ee LTT ST r= EOE ROT Te 


64 EXODUS. 


-master who has bestowed all upon his son. The 
consenting bride receives an earnest of these riches 
before she sees the bridegroom, who comes forth to 
meet her. Eliezer is a type of the Holy Spirit. 
Matt. xxii. 2; John xv. 26; xvi. 13-15; Eph. 1. 18, 
14%. Thess -tvigh4-1 7, 

(5) Asenath, the Gentile bride, espoused during the 
time of Joseph’s rejection by Israel. xli. 45 

(6) Of lawand grace, and the old and new creations. 
xvi. to xxi.; Gal. iv. 21-31. 


LESSON XVI. 


The Pentateuch—Continued. = | 

G . 

ici we 
tak 


Kervy-Worp: Sieben »” v, S2"xn. Tot 


This book records the redemption out of Egyptian vondage of 


the chosen. people and, in type, all redemption. 


As will be seen, redemption is: 

1. Wholly of God. Israel was helpless in Pharaoh's 
power in Egypt. Egypt is probably a type of the world and 
Pharaoh of Satan, the prince of this world. 

2. Through a person. In the type, Moses; in the anti- 
type, Christ. 

3. By blood. The blood is the purchase price (1 Pet. i. 
18) and the atonement for sin. Lev. xvii. 11; iv. 33-35. 


4. By power. The blood having been shed ‘God may 


righteously ‘‘pass over’ the sinner when judgment falls (Ex. 
xii. 12,13; Rom. iii. 25, 26), and then put forth His power ir 
the sinner’s-behalf. xi. 7;. vi. 6, 7. 





a. f- ha Ba Testo. ©, ae i ee MRO iver pr asd 
es ae aoa Sy Gos: Spee meget i: aoe 





By unin gain ls Degeeacuen 

Bo at.ca. fO98:9.4. 1623-74 Q- Boile, Mant? 2 q 
1®) Woot, Roxas, mG. te Ba (eh) cose hea a Ba 8) NarBnuss, | 
| PRew 16: (©, (CG petra eee ate of a | 





| « ; Conk whe Ue ae ; 
© Seep 


+r 

te 

oe ee 
eos 
mi | 





Ee ee ee)! ee evs 


: - oe ‘ 
& m a ree 
rhe nt hae =o oe 
St: 
A ny, ; * 4 
> 
ew tt . 








EXODUS. 65 


THE Stupy oF Exopus. 
I. HISTORICAL. 


The student should fix clearly in mind the order of events. | 
Disregard in this preliminary study the spiritual teaching, 
types, etc. 


II. BIoGRAPHICAL. 


Moses is the dominant figure and Aaron is associated with 
him, but none of the personages of Exodus is unimportant 
and the student should become familiar with what is said of 
each. 


III.. ANALYTICAL. 
Exodus is in three chief parts: 


1. Israelin Egypt. i. to xv. 

(1) The people in bondage. i. 

(2) The preparation of the deliverer. ii. 1 to 
iv. 28. 

(3) The contest with Pharaoh. iv. 29 to xi. 10 
and xii. 29-33. 

(4) The redemption of blood. xii. 1-30. 

' (5) The redemption by power. xii. 31; xiv. 31. 
2. From the Red Sea to Sinai. xvi. to xix. 

(1) Joy of salvation. xv. 1-21. 

(2) A bitter experience blessed. xv. 22-26; 
Heb. xii]. 

(3) Wilderness rest. xv. 27. 

(4) Wilderness food. xvi. 1-36. 
“(5) Wilderness drink. xvii. 1-7. 

(6) Conflict with Amalek. xvii. 8-16. Amalek, 
the grandson of Esau (Gen. xxxvi. 12), becomes 
thus with his descendants (for ‘‘that which is 
born of the flesh is flesh,” John iii. 6) a type of 
the flesh—the natural man. Gal. iv. 22, 23. 
Victory is gained not through courage or skill or 
strength, but through an intercessor. Rom. vi. 

— 14; vii. 15, 25; Heb. vii. 25. In answer to in- 

x ssion Jehovah-nissi delivers. 


Kord vf 7) Leaning on the arm of flesh. xviii. 1-27. Je- 
































66 EXODUS. 


thro is a religious Worldly Wiseman. By refer- 
ence to Num. xi. 16-25 it will be seen that God 
ignores all these prudent arrangements, as He 
afterward ignored the election of Matthias to be 
an apostle. Acts i. 16-26. 

3. Israel at Sinai. xix. 1 to xl. 38. 


(1) Grace given up forlaw: xix. 3-8. 

(2) The immediate result. xix. 9, 12, 23. 

(3) Thelaw given. xx. 1 to xxiv. 18. 

(4) The law broken. xxxii. 1-8. At this very 
time God in infinite grace is giving to Moses in 
the Mount directions for a sacrifice by which a 
sinful people may be restored to fellowship, a 
priesthood through which they may approach 
Him, and a tabernacle in which He may dwell 
in their midst. xxv. 1 to xxxi. 18. 

(5) Advocacy. xxxii. 9-14, 31, 32 (compare 1 

John ii. 1, 2). 

(6) The edge of the law. xxxti. 19-28. 

(7) The tabernacle and priesthood, xxxv. to xl 


IV. SPpmRITUAL. 


The spiritual teaching of Exodus has been of necessity 
partly set forth above. Broadly, the book teaches that re- 
demption is essential to any relationship with a holy God; that 
a redeemed people must be separated from iniquity by sacri- 
fice and unto God by power; and that. God cannot have 
fellowship with a defiled people, even though redeemed. 

The relation of the law to redemption is that it was ‘‘added 
because of aot pe SS till the seed should come to whom 
the promise was made.” The Commandments were a ‘‘min- 
istration of death written and engraven in stone,” teaching 
Israel the just demands of a holy God and demonstrating | 
their own inability to meet those demands. 2 Cor. iii. 7, 9; 
Gal. 111. 10, 11, 18-25; Rom. iii. 20; vii. 7-10. That part of the 
law commonly called ‘‘ceremonial,” filled in every part with 
types of Christ, provided the way of forgiveness, restoration | 
and worship for the sinning Israelites condemned by the 
commandments. : 


ah, ae oe te a, 
at Bnet 
th. 7 mn 


*. 





ai 


salam 

erat oa ie Risse ae Bee 
F FVCUre ns RA Lt, mo, 

LO DRS ; ee s 

Can Fort. Sra pee in ope eon Rafer 


Le ie altatiea prapendey or ee eo OY - 


A, 9 ee ft Baan oan Leindiad oak 4q 
xf: ves ey cae . aie at mane done hee : 
Mass. > lo : ae f17- 1g, ; 
ee 


¢ 
: 49 2 Pele 23:54; oF pda hag a 
a ae reo’ 8 


aes ME ea (pe es ieeorees a oat ate +6; 
(eRe De ie Sh, RN) | 


Pema nous Aoki ae tela. ait fd 
MP UG (oe poet Ns OS xh 
ee ano gs 22 


) UU ura eatoed “Ou ee ie 
: eo 22 tell eo ac ih a's RV) 
a oe Ui ee Daher Or * se aees | 
se bu Me. Cte tee iife play sap Ge EN ee | 
1D ~ 39-34 | 
(@) oo @eanmsrekie' ox IC ih Ube Bee 


aAteouvnr urna “alic” eS capepaer et: Ce ae | 
| a | 








EXODUS. 67 


The Christian learns through such an experience as that 
described in Rom. vii. 7-24 what the Jew learned at Sinai. 

Underneath the history, biography and ceremonials of the 
book are found the types: 


V. ‘TyPIcAL. 


The types are numerous, various and of exceeding interest. 
Taking them in order we have: 


1. Moses,.a type of Christ the Deliverer. Luke iv. 
16.0 deb hesss 1-210, cic... Che points.are: 

(1) Hewas the deliverer chosen of God. Acts 
vil. 25. 

(2) Rejected at his first appearance he turns to 
the Gentiles. Acts vii. 23-29. 

(8) During his rejection he gains a Gentile bride. 
ti. 13-21. 

(4) Afterward he again appears as Israel’s deliv- 
erer and is accepted. iv. 31. 

(5) He becomes the prophet, intercessor and 
leader of his redeemed people. Deut. xviti. 15; 
Numexiiel jy 2yete. 

2. Aaron, a type of Christ our High Priest. 

~ Note. Christ is a priest after the order of Melchizedek (which 
means that because ‘‘He ever continueth” His priesthood is | 
eternal and not, like the Aaronic priesthood, interrupted by | 
death), but after the pattern of Aaron. 

(1) Of divine appointment. xxviii. 1; Heb. v. 
4-6, 

(2) Only the High Priest could make atonement. 
Lev. xvi. 1-3; Heb. ix. 7-12. 


3. The passover, a type of Christ our Redeemer. 
xi. 1-28->1, Con, ve6-8 » Petri 18519. 
(1) The lamb must be without blemish, and to 
test this it was kept up four days. xii, 5, 6, 
So our Lord’s public life, under hostile scrutiny, 
was the testing which proved His holiness. 
Luke xi. 53, 54; John viii. 46; xviii. 38. 
(2) It must be slain. xii. 6; John xii. 24; Heb. 
1x, 22. 








= 


68 EXODUS. 


(3) The blood must be applied. xii. 7. This 
answers to personal faith and refutes universal- 
ism. John iti. 36. 

(4) The blood thus applied of f itself, without any- 
thing in addition, constituted a perfect salvation. 
x. 13%) 1 John i; 7; Hebrxe to. 14: 


(5) The feast typified Christ the food of the be- | 


liever. Matt. xxvi. 26. It was a duty and 
privilege, but not a condition of salvation. 

4, Leaven. Always and everywhere a type of evil 
working subtly. xii. 15; Lev. 11. 11; Matt. xvi. 6-12; 
Luke xit. 1; 1 Cor. *v. 6-8). 
from the world. Gal. i. 4; vi. 14. 

6. Manna. xvi. 35. Type of Christ in humiliation, 
‘‘after the flesh,’’ the believer’s wilderness food. 
John vi. 31-35. 

7. The smitten rock. xvii. 1-6. Type of salvation 
‘by grace. , 

(1) Christ-the Rock. 1 Cor. x. 4. 
(2) The people atterly re Xvil. 2; Eph. 
i. 1-6. 
(3) Characteristics of salvation by grace. 
a. Free. Johniv. 10; Rom. vi. 23; Eph. ii. 8. 
6.° Abundant. Rom. '-. (20;/*Psa? cvs 41; 
John iti. 16. 
sé. ‘Near jcoRomn, 37:38: 
d. ‘The people had only to take. Isa. lv. 1. 

8. The tabernacle and priesthood. xxv. to xxx. 
NoTE. The typical meanings will be indicated; the students 

are expected to supply the proper illustrative passages from the 

New Testament. 

(1) The whole tabernacle with its details is a 
figure of the heavens. Heb. ix. 23, 24. 
(2) The ark. Jaa 833% 


a. Inits materials, ‘catin. wood and gold, a 


type of the humanity and deity of Christ. 
6b, Initscontents a type of Christ as— 
(2) Having God’s law in His heart. 


ARY¥ 
: OLOGICAL SEMIN 
BE LAKE, INDIANA 


5. Red Sea, type of Christ’s death as delivering us — 


eee 






ae (a ee Ny ee 
| 4 © r + 


See CL es) ag sete tC: tp Gin 
wim AO, a re, eee SAT oS. eos 
! (Ye 


rn 

2-Us a. 
ee i ct 

tla? pie fra £ 





e- M wth pstles by sac’ m™m be ene sie) 
($e plied Pers ) De Ir. ee a | 
o-~ Would be Err de Chiral 
GC - \- ee Yel ae oe 5. 8 
. eyes COTW 7 vn AN; Ue - (Ss 
| a : Poo. a-/. 
; ¥ Muro a ond raRed.-Tlum 38} 


bo oh da Soa. S5 


Ta Uc dare, not he | 
A rein Neen Sie en gaa, A “Raa 


hd Seer | 
a dass make tole as. fs fo 

mwokrore . Bre os Urcia “ner 5 EE 
5 Ho eb. it 6 


re- S- usa Uite” ae as Ua ee S, | Gia ES 


sey By 78: - 
oy Dh ete 950. | 


“ 7 te eet: Selene 
ONE alk Ye ea ak, § 
: sia 275 T Sim. 
ie ypoase Loe of Sp: treat See aces Ce [ee 
ey ae he WG ; q ay. 

fy - Ue. 

















hee a of Us 7. RP had lg Ao wrth, 
UG ea cine ie ER ea 


EXODUS. 69 


(6) The wilderness food (or portion) of 
His people. Poh 6+ 3/-33,45-51-. 
(c) Himself the resurrection (of which 
Aaron’s rod is the symbol). 
c. Inits use a typeof God’s throne. That it 
-was a throne of grace was due to the mercy 
seat formed of gold (divine righteousness) 
and sprinkled with the blood of atonement, 
which answered the claims of justice repre- 
sented by the cherubim, in vindication of a 
broken law. 

(3) Table of shewbread; Christ our Communion, 
and the believer’s food. 

(4) The seven-branched candlestick; Christ our 
Light, shining in the fullness of the power of the 
seven- fold prints eb. ond VION, tla 2: Lao. 
«Bn Ae 

(5) The golden altar of incense; Christ our Inter- 
cessor. 

(6) The laver; Christ cleansing us from ‘‘every 

. spot or wrinkle or any such thing.” 

(7) The brazen altar; the cross upon which Christ 
made atonement. 





(8) The anointing oil; the Holy Spirit for service. Char a 


(9) The garments. These present the varied 
perfections and services of Christ our High 
Priest; as, gold, His divine righteousness; blue, 
His heavenly origin; purple, His royalty; scar- 
let, His sacrifice; the engraved stones upon the 
breastplate and shoulder pieces, the believer 
upon Christ’s heart and upheld by His strength. 





So me cl 


ae 








ee a Le a a rae 


70 LEVITICUS. 


LESSON XVII. 


The Pentateuch.—cContinued. 


LEVITICUS. 


This precious boox is fragrant with Christ. In itself and 
primarily it is the inspired ritual for the people of God under 
the law. it is God speaking out of the tabernacle and telling 
His people that which befits His holiness in their approach to 
and worship of Him. To the Christian it opens precisely the 
same truth. Not one word of this ancient book has become 
obsolete. The difference—an unspeakably precious one—is 
that for us Christ stands in the place of every offering, of every 
ceremonial. Write ‘‘Curisr” for every sacrifice, every garment, 
every utensil, every ceremony, every time and day of obligation, 
every object (except leaven) and the book stands, the abiding 
instruction of God concerning access and worship. Its great 
permanent message is that sacririce as the basis, and pRiest- 
HOcD as the means, open the only way of access for a sinner to 
God. Hence: 

Houtness is the key-word. It occurs eighty-seven times. 

Key verse, xix. 2. But, as in contrast with holiness and 
revealing the true state of man, the words sin and uncleanness 
(in various forms) occur one hundred and ninety-four times. 
Sacrifice is the remedy of a holy God for the need of sinful man. 


male HISTORICAL. 


Properly speaking, there is no history in this book. The 
student should, however, carefully study the events in viii., 
ERI. 

Ul. BioGRAPHICAL. 


See vili,, 1x.. X. 





Rise ates | ee 


rc 


goa’! ares do “es Keren, 


Ss ie WD Stile {Bo-fe Mm Bo muck whan Lord 








2) ram PGES Cheth hen e. of Vaxeut”- 24% 
‘ Rol eRe -2BEx. 

ey OM les erat ee TR fe . 

Gam Ue Revd goer Bot 3 1X 


— HO AG LO a erect eae OSeg Ks {rs 
feel os he xar af} EO fe ere 











awe 
State 
a 
se 
Pies 
oS 
a 
at 
za 


BAKE 
rey 





wea (Brn Sicak dicaka ar | 


Been i eco “bo ea 


® 











LEVITICUS. 71 


Lh PNR ee 


dey pacrilicess 1,.to.u1.,%; 
2. The law of the offerings. vi. 8 to vii. 38. 
3. Consecration. viil. 1 to ix. 24. 
4. A warning example. x. 1-20. 
5. A holy God will have a clean people. xi., xii., xiii., 
X19 5 KM, 
Atonement. xvVi., XVil. 
The relationships of God’s people. xviil., x1x., xx., 
BRT ep KK AT) 
8. The feasts of Jehovah. xxiii. 
9. Instructions and warnings. xxiv. to xxvii. 


-~t & 


ITV. SPIRITUAL. 


This has been set forth in the lesson introduction, except as 
it saturates the types. Essentially, Leviticus maintains the 
holiness of God, exposes the utter sinfulness and vileness of 
the people, and illustrates the Gospel as a perfect remedy, 
putting away man’s sin and bringing him into fellowship with 
God. 


Nak LYPICAL.« 


The types are exceedingly numerous. ‘The student is ex- 
horted to the most diligent and prayerful study of these won- 
derful unveilings of Christ. Every form of type (see Section 
I., Lesson XIV.) is found in this book. 

The student will carefully distinguish between sweet savor 
and non-sweet savor offerings. The first set forth the ac- 
ceptableness of Jesus Christ to God, and are atoning, in that 
the holiness of God requires not merely that we should have 
done no sin, but that we should have done all good. The 
sinner is presented to God in all the acceptableness of Christ’s 
perfections. Eph. i. 6. The latter, or non-sweet savor 

_ offerings, represent the whole demerit of the sinner laid upon 
Christ, so that He is presented to God in all the unacceptable- 
ness of the sinner. Because of this, God’s justice smites 
Jesus instead of the sinner. | iis 

1. The burnt offering (i.) typifies Christ offering 
Himself without spot to God in delight to do: His 
Father’s will even in death. It is atoning because 











LEVITICUS. 


the believer has not had this delight in the will of 
God; and substitutionary (verse 4) because Christ 
did it in the sinner’s stead. But the thought of pen- 
alty is not prominent. Heb.-ix. 11-14; x. 5-7; Psa. 
xl. 6-8; Phil. ii. 8. - Underscore, in verses 3, 4, 5, 
‘‘burnt sacrifice,” ‘‘voluntary,” ‘‘it shall be accepted 
for him,” ‘‘atonement,”’ and find illustrative passages 
elsewhere in the Bible. 

2. The meat (or meal, see R. V.,) offering. ii. 
Christ, in his human perfections, tested and tried by 
suffering, and the food of His people as bread. 
vii. 9, 10; John vi. 33-35; xii. 24. The fine flour 
speaks of the evenness and balance of His perfections 
(no lumps); the fire, the testing sufferings; frank- 
incense, the fragrance in God’s estimation of His 
life; absence of. leaven, His sinlessness and incor- 
ruption. 

3. The peace offering. ili. Type of Christ. our 
Peace. Eph. ii. 14. It is not the work of Christ as 
making peace, but Himself our Peace. This brings 
in prominently the thought of communion with God 
about Christ. ‘It is not Christ as enjoyed exclu- 
sively by God (as in the burnt offering) but as. 
enjoyed by the worshiper in communion with God.” 
Hence the peace offering is set forth as affording 
food for the priests. vil. 31-34. Observe that 
it is the breast (affections) and shoulder (strength) 
upon which we as priests (1 Pet. ii. 9) feed in fellow- 
ship with the Father. This it is which makes the 
peace offering especially a thank offering. vii. 
11949: 

' ‘The above are the sweet savor offerings because the per- 
fections of Christ only are in view. The student will now. 
take up the non-sweet savor or sin offerings. Here the per- 
fections of the offering are still insisted on, but they are 
overlaid, so to speak, with human guilt borne by Him. Isa. 
fis b 6%°2 ‘Cor’ QT ih Peteit 4. 

The non-sweet savor ae are called sin offerings and 
trespass offerings. 


i _ 
Ta e+ iu ea 
eu {- 












ioe «f ai 


aa *S 7 F “ ¢ -e ae be yee : Ve iat 
¥ : 
‘ ; 
a ‘_ s 
.°¢ 


» 
: 
. ” e ? 
nt 
¥ as Breet 
- ie’ 
- + 
‘ ’ 
‘ 
rn 
A uM 
j Ky 4 ae 
i. i = , ’ 
¥ 
m « 


- . 
sae li st 


sere 








He ‘pe oe a 2 ; 
eee rt be Meng 





V<« ‘ 4 


: LEVITICUS. 73 

4, Thesin offerings. These have reference to sins 
more directly against God, in which the element of 
injury to fellow man does not so much enter. They 
are expiatory, substitutional, efficacious. iv. 12, 
29, 35. They have in view the removal of guilt 
by vicarious suffering. Rom. iii. 23-26; 1 Pet. iii. 
PSC OF. v2 QE. 

5. The trespass offerings. These have primary ref- 
erence to wrongs done to the fellow man. Yet, even 
here, the offence is also against God, whose creature 
has been wronged. See Psa. li. 4. [Man would say 
that David’s sin was more against Uriah than God. 
Note. In studying each offering in chapters i. to vi. the stu- 

dent should turn to the law of that offering in chapters vi. and 

vii., and consider them as connected statements. 

§. The type of consecration. viii. 1 to ix. 24. The 
student should also study carefully Ex. xxviii. 41 to 
xxix. 24. It will be observed: 

(1) The priests did not consecrate themselves. 
The whole thought of self-consecration is un- 
scriptural and misleading. Everything was 
done by Moses acting for God. Aaron and his 
sons simply yielded themselves. Rom. vi. 13; 
Sits: 

(2) The order in Leviticus differs in two particu- 
lars from the order in Exodus: In Leviticus 
the filling of the hands of the priests precedes 
the sprinkling with oil and blood, in Exodus 
this order is reversed. 

%, The “strange fire’? of Nadab and Abihu is a type 
of the substitution in service and worship of: (1) 
self-will for the Word of God; (2) fleshly expedients 
for divine power. 

8. Leprosy (xiii., etc.), type of sin, as: (1) loathsome; 
(2) incurable by human skill; (3) small in its begin- 
nings but eventually involving the whole body; (4) 
separation from God and the cleansed. xiii. 44-46. 

It should be remembered that these directions 

about diet and disease were, in their application to 


LEVITICUS. 


Israel, sanitary and remedial. They are typical to 
us. 1 Cor. x. 1-11. The study of types must not 
be suffered to destroy the student’s sense of the lit- 
eral historicity of the Bible. 

The law of the leper’s cleansing. xiv., etc. The 
bird slain, and the bird dipped in its blood and 
released present the two aspects of salvation in Rom. 
iv. 25. ‘‘Delivered for our offences, and raised 
again for our justification.” Death, expiation for 
guilt; resurrection, God’s seal upon His Son’s work. 
The cedar, scarlet wool and hyssop are more obscure. 

Note in this type of salvation: (1) The leper does 
nothing. The priest ‘‘goes forth” to find the leper. 
(2) ‘‘Without shedding of blood is no remission.”’ 
(3) ‘‘And if Christ be not raised, your faith is vain; 
ye are yetin your sins.” (4) Salvation does not stop 
with justification. xiv. 25-29. 

“10. The day of atonement. xvi. Leaving out the 
offering which the priest made for himself (verses 6, 
11-14), which has no anti-type in Christ (Heb. vii. 
26, 27), the interest centres upon the two goats and 
the priest. Note: (1) Allis done by the priest, the 
people do nothing. Heb. i. 3, ‘‘by Himself.” (Under- 
score carefully the words which express action by 
Aaron.) (2) The goat slain (Jehovah’s lot) is that 
aspect of Christ’s death which concerns the holiness 
and justice of God, and is expiatory. (3) The liv- 
ing goat typifies the work of Christ in bearing away 
our sins, so that they really are not to be found, and 
is conciliatory, Compare 1 Pet. iii. 18 with Isa. 
xliv. 22; 2 Cor. v. 21 with 2 Cor. v. 20; Rom. viii. 
1, R. V., with Rom. viii. 33. (4) The blood of the 
sin offering was sprinkled upon the covering of the 
ark in the holy of holies and made it a mercy seat. 
Study carefully Heb. ix. and x. 

11. The Feasts of Jehovah. xxiii. As given to Israe1 
these were simply seven great religious festivals, 
which were to be observed every year. Note that 
the first three verses do not relate to the feasts, but 


Je) 


. hae 
> ne 
BEN yp 


cP 2 


* bah. h 2h . os ae ares 2 

te Ks AS Om ~ ard o' Park2 ‘ 
. . ae ” of rat 
eats + i, os 
see By ‘ . * 7 
< 4 < wT fy t 
ah. ig » + ee 


Den! 0d 


ra. 
Cate ‘edb 


> 








LEVITICUS. 75 


guard the Sabbath from confusion with them. The 
feasts begin verse 4. 

(1) The passover. xxiii. 4, 5. This feast is 
memorial and brings in view redemption, upon 
which all blessing rests. (See Lesson XVI.) 
Typically, it stands for the crucifixion as re- 
deeming. 

(2) The Feast of unleavened bread. xxiii. 6-8. 
The divine order here is beautiful; first, redemp- 
tion, then a holy walk. See 1 Cor. v. 6-8; 2 
Cor. vii. 1; Gal. v. 7-9. 

(3) The Feast of first fruits. xxiii. 10-14. This 
feast is typical of resurrection—first, of Christ, 
then of ‘‘them that are Christ’s at His coming.”’ 
1 Cor. xv. 23; 1 Thess. iv. 13-18. (See Lesson 
XII.) 

(4) The Feast of Pentecost. xxiii. 15-22. The 
anti-type is the descent of the Holy Spirit to 
form the church. For this reason leaven is 
present, because there is evil in the church. 
Matto xii. 35} ACts:ve ls 10° xv; 1.) .Observeat 
is now loaves; not a sheaf of separate growths 
loosely bound together, but a real union of parti- 
cles making one homogeneous body. The 
descent of the Holy Spirit at Pentecost united 
the separate disciples unto one organism. 1 Cor. 
XA 2t3, 2030x--16, £7. : 

(5) The Feast of trumpets. xxiii. 23-25. This 
feast is a prophetical type and refers to the future 
regathering of long-dispersed Israel. A long 
interval elapses between Pentecost and trumpets, 
answering to the long period occupied in the 
pentecostal work of the Holy Spirit in the present 
dispensation. Study carefully Isa. xvii. 3; 
xxvii. 13 (with contexts); lviii. (entire chapter), 
and Joel ii. 1 to iii. 21 in connection with the 
“trumpets,” and it will be seen that these sym- 
bols of testimony are connected with the regath- 
ering and repentance of Israel after the church 


76 NUMBERS, 


or pentecostal period is ended. This is immedi- 
ately followed by: 

(6) The day of atonement. xxiii. 26-32. The 
day is the same described in xvi., but here the | 
stress is laid upon the sorrow and repentance of 
Israel. In other words the prophetical feature 
is made prominent and that speaks of the re- 
pentance of Israel after her regathering, prepar- 
atory to the second advent of Messiah to set up 
His kingdom. See the connection between the 
“trumpet” in Joel ii. 1 and the mourning which 
follows in verses 11-15. Also, Zech. xii. 10-13 
in connection with the atonement of Zech. xiii. 1. 

(7) The Feast of tabernacles. xxiii. 34-44. This 
feast is also a prophetical type in direct historical 
order. It speaksof Israel’s glory after her re- 
gathering, repentance and conversion, when the 
millennial earth shall rejoice with her and keep 
the feast. Zech. xiv. 16-19. | : 


: 
; 





|b eho lel BI RELON NA Abb 


The Pentateuch—Continuea. 


NUMBERS. 


The book derives its name from the fact that it records the J ! 
enumeration of Israel (i., ii., etc.), but it is rather the book of } 
the wilderness journeyings of Israel. Typically, it is the book / 
of service and walk. The student will now perceive a beautiful 
moral order in these books. Genesis speaks of the new crea= 
tion; Exodus of redemption; Leviticus of worship and fellow- 
ship; Numbers of service and walk. This is ever the divine 
order. 3 

The key-phrase occurs fourteen times in chapter i.: «All 
that are able to go forth to war.’”’ The central thought is 


ra 
Jf 








NUMBERS. 77 


service. But as this service involves journeying, the secondary 
thought is the walk. The book is rich in types and these’ bear 
directly upon the two-fold key, service and walk. 


1 a rliSTORIC AT. 


The book covers a period of somewhat more than thirty- 
eight years. See i. 1 with Deut. i. 3. The student should 
observe that it takes up the story of Israel where Exodus left 
it, so that Leviticus is parenthetical and does not advance the 
story. The student should, first of all, read the book through, 
treating it as purely narrative, and make a brief memorandum 
of the events and incidents described. He will then have the 
narrative framework. 


II. BiroGRAPHICAL. 


As in Exodus, so here, [loses is the central figure, and the 
trying scenes and vast and varied responsibilities in which he 
is tested develop fully his marked characteristics. The stu- 
dent, as will be seen by reference to the examination, is ex- 
pected to make a list of the other personage$ mentioned in 
the book and to signify briefly their characteristics. The 
book records the closing scenes in the life of Aaron. 


III. - ANALYTICAL. 


The book is in three parts: (1) Sinai to Kadesh-barnea, 
i, to xii.; (2) the rebellion at Kadesh-barnea and the thirty- 
eight years of wandering, xiii. to xix.; (3) the second arrival 
at Kadesh-barnea and related events, xx. to xxxvi. 


LV. -SPIRITUAL. 


_ The spiritual teaching of Numbers is rich in quantity and 
exceedingly practical. Asin the other books of Moses, it lies 
largely in the types, which will be considered apart, but, 
speaking broadly, may be generalized as follows: 

1. As regards service. 

(1) We are called to service and to warfare, but 
in the divine order service is preceded by the 
new birth (Genesis), redemption (Exodus), 
worship and fellowship (Leviticus). John iii. 
6; Matt. xi. 28, 29; Eph. it. 8-10; 1 Thess. i. 9, 
10: Titus Wes 3 brovy. xv.-8: rsa. i. 


78 


NUMBERS, 


(2) Acceptable service is never in self-will, either 


as to what, when, how, or where. All is di- 
vinely ordered; nothing left to inclination or 
judgment. i. to iv. See also 1 Cor. xii. 4-18. 
Note: ‘*To one’’—‘‘to another,” verses 8, 9; ‘‘as 
He will,” verse 11; ‘‘as it hath pleased Him,” 
verse 18. Acts xiii. 1, 2; xvi. 7, etc.; 1 Sam. 
XV. 22. | 


(3) The highest service is that of the Nazarite, 


the separated one, who will not defile himself 
with even the uncleanness of the people of God. 
vi. See also 2 Tim. ii. 20, 21. 


2. As regards the walk. 


(1) Perhaps the central lesson of the whole won- 


derful series is that unbelief hinders blessing. 
God brought the nation quickly to Kadesh-barnea 
and wished to bring them immediately into 
their Canaan rest. They ‘‘could not enter in 
because of unbelief,’’ and their carcasses fell in 
the wilderness. There isa present rest in Christ 
which answers spiritually to Canaan, ‘‘a good 
land, a land of brooks of water, of fountains and 
depths that spring out of valleys and hills; a land 
of wheat, and barley, and vines, and fig trees, 
and pomegranates; a land of oil, olive and 
honey; a land wherein thou shalt eat bread with- 
out scarceness, thou shalt not lack anything in 
it. 


(2) But the way into the fulness of Christ is the 


V. TYPICAL. 


way of trust, not of works, and distrust turns 
the Christian back into the wilderness of a bar- 
ren and weary experience. Deut. i. 19-35; 
Heb. iii. 15 to iv. 11. 


From 1 Cor. x. 1-11 we learn that all the events of this 
book are typical of Christ and of the believer's experience. 
We learn, moreover, that these are especially types of warn- 
ing. The more important types are: 


, Fay,” 
ORS Fe? yy 
aa ret 
. i 








1, 


NUMBERS. 79 


The Nazarite. vi. Type of Christ as ‘“tholy, harm- 
less, undefiled, and separate from sinners.” Heb. 
vii. 26. The Nazarite did not touch wine (symbol of 
natural joy); took the place of weakness (symbol- 
ized by the unshorn hair, the woman’s adornment, 
1 Cor. xi. 14, 15); and of separation from complicity 
in the defilements even of good people. John. xiv. 
27; xv. 11; 2 Cor. xiii. 4; Phil. 11. 6-8; Matt. xii. 
47-50; xvi. 23. 

The ribband of blue. xv. 37-41. Blue is the 
heavenly color, and upon the borders of the garments 
signified that the people of God were to be heavenly 
in obedience and character (verse 40). 

Aaron’s rod that budded. xvii. Type of Christ 
in resurrection owned of God as High Priest. Aaron’s . 
priesthood had been questioned in the rebellion of 
Korah, so God Himself will confirm it. Each of the 
tribe-heads lays up a perfectly dead rod. God puts 
life into Aaron’s. So all the authors of religions 
have died—Christ among them—but only Christ was 
raised from the dead and exalted to be a high priest. 
Heb. iv. 14; v. 4-10. 

The red heifer. xix. Type of the sacrifice of 
Christ as the ground of the cleansing of the believer 
from the defilement inseparable from his pilgrim 
walk through this world, and illustration of the 
method of his cleansing. Note: (1) the slaying of the 
sacrifice; (2) the seven-fold sprinkling of the blood, 
typical of the complete and never-to-be-repeated put- 
ting away of all the believer’s sins as before God. 
Heb. ix. 12-14; x. 10-12. (3) The reduction of the 
sacrifice to ashes which are preserved and become a 
memorial of the sacrifice; (4) the cleansing from 
defilement (sin has two aspects—guilt and unclean- 
ness) by sprinkling with the ashes mingled with 
water. Water isa type of both the Spirit and the 
Word. John vii. 37-39; Eph. v. 26. The operation 
typified is this: The Holy Spirit uses the word to 
convict the believer of something unclean in his ways 


So DEUTERONOMY. 


and at the same reminds him of that blood of Christ 
which has already put away the guilt and paid the 
penalty of that very thing; just as an Israelite, 
sprinkled with the ashes, would thereby be reminded 
ot the sacrifice already offered. Instead, therefore, 
of despairing, the believer judges and confesses the 
defiling thing as being unworthy a saint, and is 
forgiven and cleansed. Study John xiii. 3-10, R. V.; 
1 John i. 7-10. 

5. The brazen serpent. xxi. 1-9. Type of Christ 
lifted up on the cross and ‘‘made sin,” saving all who 
believe. John iii. 14-16; 2 Cor. v. 21. 

6. The cities of refuge. xxxv. Types of Christ shel- 
tering the sinner from judgment. 


LESSON XIX. 


The Pentateuch.—Concluded. 


a 


DEUTERONOMY. 


This book, the name of which in our Bibles means second law, 
expresses fairly well its content and purpose. Really it consists 
of the parting counsels of Moses, delivered (probably) within 
a period of seven days, and about one month before the passage 
of Jordan. 1. 1-3. 

The scene is the plains of Moab over against Jericho; the 
occasion the necessity for instructing a generation which had 
grown to manhood during the wilderness wanderings. 

The key-word is ‘‘thou shalt.”’ Key=verses, xi. 26-28. 





CF iva 
“ 


Roki eae 


af 3 per 





I. 


DEUTERONOMY. 81 


HISTORICAL. 


The book contains a most interesting and instructive sum- 
mary of the wilderness history of Israel; and, in the last 
chapter, an account of the death of Moses himself. The 


student should carefully compare Moses’ review of events 


with the account, in Exodus and Numbers, of the events 


themselves. It will be found that Deuteronomy gives the di- 


vine view rather than the human. Compare, ¢. g., Deut. i. 


with Numbers xiii., xiv. 


BT; 


BIOGRAPHICAL. 


The student should make note of every mention of persons 
and compare such passages with that which is said eisewhere 
of them, observing what particulars are added. It will, of 


_ course, be noted that here the autobiography of Moses 


ends. AE os 


III. ANALYTICAL. 


The structural divisions of the book are seven in number: 
1. A brief summary of the history of Israel in the 
wilderness from the giving of the law at Horeb to 

the time then present. i. 1 to ii. 29. 

A restatement of the law, mingled with exhorta- 
tions based upon the past dealings of Jehovah, and 
predictions concerning the conquest of the land and 
the results of disobedience. iv. 1 to xi. 32. 

3. Instructions, warnings and predictions concerning 
the behavior of Israel in the land. xii. 1 to xxvii. 
26. 

4, The great closing prophecies concerning the bless- 
ing and cursing of Israel, the present world-wide 
dispersion, the second advent of Messiah, the re- 
gathering, conversion, and final blessing of Israel. 
XXvVili. 1 to xxx. 20. 

5. Last counsels to the priests, Levites, and Joshua. 
Sex 

6. The song of Moses, reminiscent and prophetical, 
and his parting blessings. xxxil., Xxxiii. 

7. The death of Moses. xxxiv. 


w 


&2 DEUTERONOMY. 


IV. SprritTua.. 


V. 


The central spiritual teaching of Deuteronomy develops the 
inflexibility of law. The expressions ‘‘thou shalt” and ‘‘thou 
shalt not” are of multitudinous occurrence. It is summed 
up in the key-verse: ‘‘A blessing if ye obey,” ‘‘a curse if ye 
will not obey.” The inevitable result of this is prophetically 
stated, xxx. 1. The law has but one language: ‘‘Whatso- 
ever things the law saith, it saith to them who are under the 
law; that every mouth may be stopped, and all the world may 
become guilty before God.” Rom. iii. 19. Christ alone of 
all Israel behaved in the land as an Israelite ought. He took 
Deuteronomy for His code of conduct. Luke iv. 4, 8, 12. 


TYPICAL. 


The types of Deuteronomy have been before us in the pre- 
ceding books. 


of 


oe 


54 


">! 5 lal 





ping 
eave 
Val 


ees 
‘ 


pL ewe 


Ge 





EXAMINATION. 


SECTION II, PART 1. 


THE PENTATEUCH. 


Before beginning this examination read Instructions to 
Students, page 4. 


GENESIS. 


1. Make a list of all the “ beginnings” of Genesis, 2. ¢., of 
things, institutions, ete., the origin of which is recorded in 
this book. | | , 


2. Write, strectly foe memory, a sketch of the course of 
human history, as recorded in Genesis, from the creation of 
man to the death of Joseph. This may be very brief. 


3. What was the moral condition of Adam and Eve before 
the Fall? 


84 EXAMINATION: THE PENTATEUCH. 


4, What was their position in the earth? 
5. Was the law of the ten commandments given to Adam 
and Eve? 
6. What sin did they commit? 
7. At whose instigation? 
8. What passages in the New Testament prove that Satan 
was the tempter? 
9. What immediate evidence of conviction of sin did Adam 
and Eve give? 
10. What effort did they make to fit themselves for God’s 
presence? 
11. What evidence did Adam give of saving faith? (See 
Gen. iii. 20.) 
12. In what typical way did God set forth Hie salvation of 
Adam and Eve? ° 
13. Why was Abel’s sacrifice accepted? 
14. Why was Cain’s rejected? 
15. Give from memory a list of the important persons men- 
tioned in Genesis, with a brief account of the life of each. 
16. Give the str uctural divisions of Genesis. 
17. Give two passages which indicate the personality of God. 
18. Give two passages to prove that God exists apart from 
matter. 
19. Give two passages to prove the eternity of God. 
_.Give two passages which prove His holiness. 
21. Give two passages which indicate that the one pte 
exists in a plurality of persons. . 
22. Give two passages to prove the power of God. 
23. Give two passages which show His benevolence. 
24. In what two passages does He show His hatred of sin? 
25. Give two passages which show His love for the sinner. 
26. What was the first universal judgment? 
27. Why did that judgment fall? 
28. What.was saved through that judgment? 
29. What covenant.did God make with Noah? 
30. Name, from memory, Noah’s sons. 
31. What was the second gener oe ete 
32. Why did it fall? 
33. What call did God give Abbatn? | 
34. From which of Noah’s sons did Abram cans 
35... What promise did God first give to Abram? 
36. State the successive promises given to Abram. © 


ie Cie are 





ee a HES 





EXAMINATION : THE PENTATEUCH., 85 


37. To Abraham. 

38. Give the number of appearances of God to Abram (and 
a yee 

39. By what names was God known to him? 

40. Why was his name changed? 

41.. Who was Abram’s first wife? 

42, Why was her name changed? 

43. Who was Abram’s first-born? . 

44, Who was his heir? 

45. Of what were these two children typical? 

46. .Whom did Isaac marry? 

47. State, from memory, the Mpive import of Isaac’s life 
and marriage. 

48. What promises were given to Isaac? 

49. In what respect did these differ from the promises to 
pete 

-Who were Isaac’s righ ee: + 

a Did Esau value his birthright (the Messianic promise 
and family priesthood)? 

52. By what means did Jacob supplant him? 

53. What promises were given to Jacob, and how did these 
differ from those given to Abram (Abraham) and Isaac? 

54. When, how and why did God change Med 89 s name? 

55. Give the names of Jacob’s sons. : 

56. State the distinction between the Sart and heavenly 
seed of Abraham. 

57. To which did Isaac belong? 

58. To which did Paul belong? 
59. What two classes of types and prediction concerning 

Christ do we find in the Old Testament? 

60. In what way is the “light” of Gen. i. 3 a type of Christ? 

61. In what way is the ‘“‘sun” of Gen. 1. 6 typical? 

62. ‘Has the ‘‘day of the Lord” come yet? 

63. When will it come? 

64. Give three texts to prove the last answer. 

65. How was Adam typical of Christ? 

66. What particular relation of Christ to the church is set 
forth in the union of Adam and Eve? 

67. How does Gen. iii. 21 set forth Christ as the righteous- 
ness of God? 


86 EXAMINATION : THE PENTATEUCH. 


- 68. Give the chief Old Testament instances of the lamb as a 
type. . 
69. State the New Testament proofs that the lamb-types of 
the Old Testament prefigure Christ. 

70. How was the ark a type of Christ? 

71. Does the ark-type apply primarily to the Christian? 

72. State in your own words the meaning of the ark-type. 

73. Who was Melchisedek? j | 

74. What is the New Testament proof that Melchisedek was 
a type of Christ? 

75. Give New Testament references to show the seven-fold 
way in which Christ fulfilled the Joseph-type? | 

76. Of what was Eve a type? 

77. In what respect does Enoch typify the church? 

78. How does Rebekah typify the church? 
- %9. How does Asenath typify the church? 

80. State how the Eve, Rebekah and Asenath fia: differ 
from each other. 

EXODUS... 


Why is this book called Exodus? 
Who was its writer? (See Section I.) 
What great event does it record? 
What is the key-word of Exodus? 
What does the book as a whole typify? 
State from memory the four essential elements of re- 
demption. 
7. Into how many chief parts does Exodus fall? 
_ 8. Who was associated with Moses in the mission to Pha- 
raoh? 
9. What was the message to Pharaoh? 
10. What compromises did Pharaoh propose? 
11. How do Christians now compromise along the same lines? 
12. With how many and what plagues did God punish Egypt? 
13. What was the last of them? | 
14. What was God’s provision for saving the Israelites from 
that plague? 
15. Why was it called the Passover? 


16, State in order the things to be done by the Israelites in 
connection with the Passover? 


1%. What part of these was essential to their safety? 


JS eageee 


oT te ; i? ¢ é 
7 j 


ag eI ; ; 
7 Te ee Ss , es ne m Bagh 


i With Ue Mite 
me Rr hae 
see’ 14 


he 
be! * 


er write Chath Tabe: 


u 





he 


‘ 
‘ 


Fag Aes as ae 
Be Sipe EOE ae 


* 


“Leys DENTS AR ete 


4 
i 





EXAMINATION: THE PENTATEUCH. 87 


18. Show how the Passover-type applies to Christ. 


19. How many men of Israel went out of Egypt in the Exo- 
dus? 


20. By whom were the people led? 

21. What was the method of guidance? 

22. By what means was a way made through the Red Sea? 

23. What provision was made for feeding the Israelites in 
the wilderness? 

24. How long were the Israelites in journeying from Egypt 
to Sinai? 

25. State briefly the important incidents of the journey. 

26. Did God zmpose, or propose the law? 

27. Had the people been delivered out of Egypt as the reward 
of obedience? 


28. Did God, at Sinai, propose the law as a means of salva- 
tion? 


29. What did God do when the Reape gave up grace and 
promised to accept the law? 


30. What did the people do after promising to keep the law? 

31. Upon how many tables was the law written? 

32. What was done with the first tables? 

33. How were the tables written? 

34. Of what, besides the ten commandments, did the law 
consist? 

35. Give a brief narrative of the events of Exodus? 

36. Of what is Amalek a type? 

37. Was peace ever to be made with Amalek? 

38. Of whom was Aaron a type? 


39. What, according to Exodus, is essential to any ve/ation- 
ship with God? 


40. What to fellowship? 

41. In what respects was Moses a type of Christ our Deliverer? 
42. Of Christ our Intercessor and Advocate? 

43. Of what is leaven a type? 

44, The Red Sea? 

45. Manna? 

46. The Rock? 

47. How was the court of the Tabernacle made? 

48. What was within the court? 

49. How was the Tabernacle made? 


88 EXAMINATION: THE. PENTATEUCH. 


50. Into how many apartments was the Tabernacle divided? 
51. What was the outermost called? 
52. What was placed in it? 
53. What was the inner-room called? 
54. What was within it? 
55. . How only could the inner room be entered? 
_ 56. What divided the inner from the outer room? 
57. Of what was that veil a type? (Hebrews x. 20.) 


 _.58. State the.meaning of the colors used in the Tabernacle 
and the priests’ garments. 


59... Of whom are Aaron’s sons types? 
LEVITICUS. 


What-is the key-word of Leviticus? 
Who wrote Leviticus? (See Sec. I.) 
- What, and how many, are the chief divisions? 
How ies kinds of Beles are found in Leviticus? (See 


we go pe 


Sec. 33 

What offerings. are Seen! “sweet savor” offerings? . 

Why? . 

Enumerate the sweet’savor offering's? © 
’ State how the burnt offering is a type. 

The meat offering. 

10. The peace offering. © | . 

11. What are (ae two classes of Pech not called ‘*sweet 
savor?” . 

12. What is the eee a distanagion between Stn’ 7 offerings 
and:trxespass offerings? 

13. Explain consecration wet nas to the priest ire 

14. Give some modern illustrations ‘of the ‘strange fire” of 
Nadab and Abihu. 

15. Explain from memory how eae: is a type of sin. 


16. Explain in your own words, with illustrative references 
to New Testament passages, the typical teaching of the law of 
the leper’s cleansing. 


17. Who only was permitted to enter the holy of nists 
RS re biow, Often? yas phe 

19. By virtue of what? 

20. On the day of atonement, what os sii people do? 


eB ao oI 





epee M 
Yet 


A 4 re Be 
» 7 be 
vty " ed 


is 





EXAMINATION : THE PENTATEUCH. 89 


21. By whom was atonement made? 


22. What did the slain goat typify? (Give New Testament 
references. ) 


23. What did the live goat typify? 
24. What, then, was essential to atonement? 
25. When was our day of atonement? 


26. Was it a fixed day, so that atonement must have been 
then made? (Rom. v. 6; John xii. 22-23, etc.) 


2%. What did Christ do to fulfil the type of ‘‘Jehovah’s lot?” 


28. Give New Testament references to show how He ful- 
filled the live-goat type. 


29. Give New Testament references to show how He fulfilled 
the high priestly act of entering the holy of holies with the blood 
of sacrifice. 


30. Willthere be another atonement? (Heb. x. 12-17.) 


31. In what respect does the believer’s priestly privilege 
exceed that of Aaron’s sons? (Heb. x. 19, 20.) 


32. How many feasts were established called ‘‘feasts of the 
Lord?” 


33. Give them in order with their meanings stated in stu- 
dent’s own language. 


~ NUMBERS. 


Why is this book called Numbers? 
Who was its writer? (See Section I.) 
Give a brief synopsis of the events. 
Give the names of the leading personages. 
What does the entire book typify? 
What is the key-phrase? 
Where was Israel during the time of this book? 
Give from memory the analysis of Numbers? 
What must precede acceptable service? 
What is the central lesson of the book? 
11. Explain in your own words what occurred at Kadesh- 
barnea? 
12. Explain in your own words how believers fail now as 
Israel did then. 
13. What do we learn from 1 Cor. x. 1-11? 
14. Explain how the Nazarite typifies Christ. 
15. Explain in your own words how Aaron’s rod typified the 
resurrection. 


siete oe hae Ee ok 


= 
o 


go - EXAMINATION: THE PENTATEUCH. 


16. Explain in your own words the ordinance of the red 
heifer? 


1%. Does its typical teaching apply to an unsaved person? | 
18. What does it typify? 


19. Explain in your own words the story of the brazen ser- 
pent. 


20. How does it illustrate salvation through faith in a cruci- 
fied Christ? 


21. What aspect of Christ’s saving work is set forth by the 
cities of refuge? 


22. Who was Balaam? 

23. What class in the church is he typical of? 

24. What prophecy concerning Christ did he utter? 
25. What was the sin of Korah, Dathan and Abiram? 


26. What saved Israel from wrath because of events in chap- 
ter xvi. 


27. What was Moses’ sin? (Chapter xx.) 


28. Typically, what was the harm of smiting the rock the 
second time? (Heb. ix. 25, 26.) 


DEUTERONOMY. 


. Of what does Deuteronomy chiefly consist? 
. What is the key-word? 


1 

2 

3. What differences do you find between the events described 
in Deuteronomy and the accounts elsewhere of the same events? 

4 

9) 


Give the analysis of the book. 
What predictions does Moses utter in this book? 


6. Have all these predictions concerning Israel been ful- 
filled? 


%. Have the fulfilled predictions been literally or ‘‘spirit- 
ually” fulfilled? 


8. “Which of the predictions have been literally fulfilled? 
9. What predictions remain unfulfilled? 


10. Did the Israelites obey Deuteronomy after they got pos- — 
session of the holy land? 


11. Did any Israelite ever live in the land according to the 
laws of Deuteromony? 


12. What was his name? 


13. What New Testament proof have you that Jesus took 
Deuteronomy for His guide? 7 








SECTION IL. 


HOW TO STUDY THE SCRIPTURES. 


PART 2. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 


92 HISTORICAL BOOKS, 


SECTIONS: 


dow to Study the Scriptures. 


PART II. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS, 
GENERAL REMARKS. 
(To be caretully noted by students.) 


The historical books, properly so called, are seventeen in 
number, viz.: 


~ Joshua. 2 . | Bara. 
Judges. Nehemiah. 
Ruth. Esther. 
I Samuel. Matthew. 
II Samuel. Mark. 
I Kings. Luke. 
II Kings. John. 
I Chronicles. Acts. 


II Chronicles. 

The New Testament historical books have, however, a dis- 
tinctive character and will be treated separately. 

This Part will deal with the historical books of the Old Testa- 
ment only. 

It should be remembered, however, that scarcely any book of 
the Bible but has historical passages and references, and that 
the sacred history is made up of all these. Old Testament his- 
tory, except the first eleven chapters of Genesis, has to do pri- 
marily with Israel. Other nations are mentioned only as in- 
volved in the history of Israel. 

The history of Israel falls into seven distinct periods: 

1. From the call of Abram to the exodus. 





wae 


“eheweheesk 





HISTORICAL BOOKS, 93 


From the exodus to the death of Joshua. 

The period of the Judges. 

The period of the Kings, from Saul tc the captivicies. 

The Captivities 

The Restored Commonwealth, from the end of the 
Bee nian captivity to the destruction of Jerusalem, A. 
De70; 
%. The present dispersion. 


o> ore 99 BO 


Directions for Study. 


1. The student should first carefully read, as a narrative 
simply, the portions of Scripture referred to in these lessons as 
giving the history of each period. This reading should be suffi- 
ciently careful to enable the student to write a brief outline of 
the events of that period. 

2. The student should then study the subdivisions of that 
period (as indicated in the lesson) until able to write a more de- 
tailed outline of the events of that subdivision. 

3. The student should give careful attention to the biog- 
Shae 

' Typical and other spiritual suggestions in the lessons 
tke have particular attention. 


94. HISTORY OF ISRAEL: JOSHUA. 


LESSON XX. 


The History of Israel. 


FIRST PERIOD. 


This period of four hundred and thirty years extends from the 
call of Abram, Gen. xii., to the exodus, but does not include 
the exodus. It is, therefore, wholly included in Part I., Section 
II., of this course, ‘‘The Pentateuch.” It is mentioned here 
that the student may have before his mind a connected history 
of Israel. 

The sources of the history of the first period are Gen. xii. tol. 
and Ex, i. 1-22, with Acts vii. The book of Job, which belongs 
to this period, should be read as showing the depth of philosophic 
and religious thought, and the maturity of the human mind at 
this early time. 


' SECOND PERIOD. 


This period of about sixty-four years extends from the exodus 
to the death of Joshua. The exodus has its true beginning in 
the preparation of the deliverer, Moses, and ends with the full 
establishment of Israel in the land. God declared the purpose 
of the exodus to include the possession of the land. Deut. vi. 
22, 23, etc. 

The sources of the history of the second period are Ex. i. to 
xix.; Num: 4. to xmxiil,; Deut ip todo) oshuad to xxiv atom 
which should be added such narrative portions as occur in Ley- 
iticus, z. ¢., chapters viii., ix. and x. 

The analysis of the second period is: 

1. Israelin Egypt. Ex. i. to xv. 
2. From the Red Sea to Sinai. Ex. xvi. to xix. 





4 


peal 
vita anti ~) 
ie oi Aa 


Be site 
a fend Si 





HISTORY OF ISRAEL: JOSHUA. 95 


3. From Sinai to Kadesh-barnea. Ex. xix. to xl.; Num. 
i. to xiv. , 
4, From Kadesh-barnea to Jordan. Num. xv. to xxxv. ; 
Deut. 1. to xxxiv. 
5. The entrance and conquest of the land. Josh. i. to xxiv. 
The student in his study of the Pentateuch having already 
covered four of the above divisions, there remains but the fifth, 
which is wholly within the book of Joshua. 





LESSON XXI. 


—_——_—— 


The History of Israel.—continued. 


SECOND PERIOD—JOSHUA. 


This book is the proper continuation of Exodus, since it re- 
cords the consummation of the redemption of Israel. See 
Deut. vi. 23. Leviticus is a part (and complement) of the law. 
Except for the unbelief of Israel at Kadesh-barnea there would 
have been no books of Numbcrs and Deuteronomy. The former 
is the record of the wilderness wandering's, which were the result 
of unbelief and disobedience at Kadesh-barnea, and the latter, 
the second giving of the law, was made necessary by the fact 
that the generation which received the law had perished in the 
wilderness. Had Israel gone into the land from Kadesh-barnea, 
whither they arrived after eleven days’ journey from Sinai 
(Deut. i. 2), the last twenty-one chapters of Numbers and all of 
Deuteronomy would not have been written, and Exodus and 
Leviticus would have been followed by a book like Joshua, giv- 
ing an account of the conquest and division of the land. In 
Heb. xi. 29, 30, the long period of the wanderings disappears, 
because the Holy Spirit could find no rational act of faith be- 
tween the passage of the Red Sea and the downfall of Jericho. 
See, also, Heb. iii. 17, 19. Joshua, therefore, completes the 


96 HISTORY OF ISRAEL: JOSHUA. 


story of redemption begun in Exodus. Considered thus to- 
gether, redemption is the key-word of both; with deliverance 
as the special theme of Exodus and possession of Joshua. Full 
redemption is ‘‘brought out’ and ‘‘brought in.” 


THe StTupy, oF JosHuA. 


J. HisToRICAL. 
Fix the order of events in the mind. Also the names of 
the ‘‘seven nations’ formerly inhabiting the land. 


Il. BioGRAPHICAL. } 
Here Joshua is the dominant figure, but all of the person- 
ages have strongly marked characteristics, and hence are 
easily carried in the memory. 


JII. ANALYTICAL. 
Joshua falls into four parts: 


Ly De cong rests to ee 

2. The partition of the land, xiii. to.xxi. 

3. Incipient discord, xxii, 

4. Joshua’s last counsels and death. XXili,, XXIV. _ 


IV; SPIRITUAL. 


In a spiritual sense Joshua is the Old Testament Ephesians. 
The ‘‘heavenlies” of Ephesians (Eph. 1. 3; ii. 6; iti. 105 vi. 
12, R. V.,) are to the Christian what Canaan was to the Is- 
taelites, viz., a place of conflict, but also of victory and rich 
blessing. In Joshua xxi. 43-45 four blessings are mentioned: 
possession (verse 43), rest and ee (verse 44), and pee 
promises realized (verse 45). 

Canaan, therefore, is not a type of heaven, for in heaven 

' there are no conflicts; but of the believer’s’ present. position 
‘Gn heavenly places in Christ Jesus.” 
- Hence the key to the-spiritual teaching of Joshua is the 
expression (i. 2) ‘‘Moses my servant is dead.” The conflicts 
by which the land was to be gained required a commander and 
leader, not a law-giver. The most rigid keeping of the law 
~. could never have brought in Israel and expelled the nations. 








HISTORY OF ISRAEL: JOSHUA. 97 


For this, superhuman power was required. The Jordan at . 
full flood was passed dry-shod and the walls of Jericho fell at 
the mere blast of the ram’s horns. This was not law work, 
but divine power. The ‘‘seven nations’ in the land were 
“oreater and stronger” than Israel. Deut. vii. 1. 

In the same way the believer, who is by title ‘‘in heavenly 
places in Christ Jesus” from the moment of conversion, enters 
into a present heavenly experience by divine power, and not 
by the works of the law. ‘‘The law of the spirit of life in 
Christ Jesus hath made me free from the law of sin and 
death.” Rom. viii. 2. 

In the wilderness Israel fought Amalek, a type of the flesh 

' (see Lesson XVI.). The New Testament anti-type is the 
conflict between the ‘‘old man” and the ‘‘new man” in Rom. 
vii. 14-25. In the land there was still conflict, but its object 
was the dislodgment of alien occupants, and the permanent 
and peaceful possession of a rich inheritance. This is a type 
of the strife which is described in Eph. vi. 10-18. The causes 
of the victories and of the defeats of Israel in the land should 
be carefully pondered, for they throw a flood of light upon 
our own warfare ‘‘against the principalities, against the 
powers, against the world rulers of this darkness, against the 
spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places.” Eph. 
vi. 12, R. V. 

The student should also observe that while the war with 
Amalek was decreed to be perpetual, thus teaching that the 
flesh is always in us, Israel might have utterly dispossessed 
her inheritance of the seven nations and so rested in unbroken 
peace. She did not do this, but, satisfied with a measure of 
victory, left her enemies in partial possession. The result 
was that her peace was often broken and she was again and 
again brought into bondage. See ix. 1-16; xii. 1; Judgesi. 
Aer to 113!) > 

The book is thus filled with spiritual truth of most practical 
import to the believer. 


V .+* TYPICAL; 


Broadly, the typical teaching of Joshua has been indicated 
above. . 


HISTORY OF ISRAEL: JOSHUA. 


1. Joshua (Je-hoshoa, meaning Jehovah-Savior) is a 
type of Christ, our Captain and Deliverer. The 
more important points are: 
(1) Hecomes after Moses. See Johni. 17; Heb. 
ii. 10; vii. 18, 19; Gal. ili. 23-25; Rom. x. 4. 
(2) He leads to victory. 2 Cori. 10; ii. 14; 1 
Thess. i. 10; 2 Tim. iv. 17; Rom. viii. 37. 

(3) He is our advocate when we have suffered 
defeat. Joshua vii. 5-9; 1 John 11. 1. 

(4) He allots our portions. Eph. i. 11, 13; iv. 
8-11. 

2. The passage of Jordan. Type of our death with 
Christ. Rom. vi. 6-11; Eph. ii. 5, 6; Col. iti. 1-3. 
The truth in Rom. vi. 11-13 opens the secret of the 
resurrection life as a present experience. It is not 
that ‘‘sin” (the flesh) is dead—that is the fatal error 
of one school of sanctificationists—but the believer 
accounts himself ‘‘dead unto sin, but alive unto 
God,” and ‘tyields” his ‘‘members as instruments 
of righteousness unto God.” \ 

3. The Reubenites, Gadites and half-tribe of Manas- 
seh, who chose their inheritance just outside the 
land, are types of world-borderers—Christians who 
are neither wholly in Egypt nor wholly in the land. 
The student should trace their subsequent history. 
What their descendants were when Messiah came is 
seen in Mark v. 1-17. © 

4, The scarlet line of Rahab speaks by its color of 
safety through sacrifice. Rom. iii. 25. 

5. Circumcision. Literally, the sign of the Abrahamic 
covenant. Gen. xvii. 7-14; Rom.iv. 11. Spiritually, 
‘“‘the putting away of the filth of the flesh.” Coll..iii. 
5-11; 1 Pet. iii. 21. It should be observed that this | 
was the first act after the entry into the land. Joshua 
v.2. The ‘‘rolling away of the reproach of Egypt” 
(Joshua v. 9), therefore, is the first condition of 
enjoying the better Christian experience. How 

_ . comforting to see that it was not a self-work; that it 

was Joshua who made the ‘‘sharp knives” and who 


wrk ee ee, 
eta ot samt 
PG, 


a 








HISTORY OF ISRAEL: JUDGES. 99 


circumcised the Israelites. Their part was simply 
to permit it. See Eph. iv. 31. 
6. The downfall of Jericho. vi. Type of the secret 
of victory in the conflict of Eph. vi. 12, R. V. It 
therefore illustrates 2 Cor. x. 3-5. The ‘trumpet 
of ram’s horns’ illustrates 1 Cor. i. 27-29. It is 
impossible to dwell upon all the details, but the 
central truth is that spiritual victories are won by 
means and upon principles utterly foolish and in- 
adequate in the view of human wisdom. 1 Cor. i. 
17-29. 

%. The sin of Achan. viii. Teaches the great truth 
of the oneness of the people of God. vii. 11. ‘‘Israel 
hath sinned.’”’ See in illustration 1 Cor. xii. 12-14, 
26; v. 1-7. 


LESSON XXII. 


The History of Israel.—cContinuea. 


THIRD PERIOD—THE JUDGES. 


This period extends from the death of Joshua to the choice of 
Saul and covers about three hundred and thirty years. The 
passage in Acts xiii. 19, 20 is correctly rendered in the Revised 
Version: ‘‘And when he had destroyed seven nations in the land 
of Canaan, he gave them their land for an inheritance for about 
four hundred and fifty years; and after these things he gave 
them judges until Samuel the prophet. 

It should be said, however, that the chronology of this and 
the beginning of the succeeding period is involved and difficult. 

The character of the government during this period is dis- 
closed by 1 Sam. vill. 7; x. 18,19. From the exodus to Saul 


100 . HISTORY OF ISRAEL: JUDGES, 


the government was a theocracy; Jehovah was the king of His 
people. His rule was administered through Moses, Joshua and 
the Judges, the last of the Judges having a peculiar character. 
Eli was a priest-judge; Samuel a prophet-judge. 

[After the Judges Jehovah continued His theocratic rule by 
means of kings. During the Millennium judges will be restored ~ 
over Israel (Isa. i. 26; Matt. xix. 27, 28), though Jehovah-Jesus 
as David’s son will be a visible king. Hosea ili. 4, 5; Ezek. 
XXXVil. 21-28; Luke i. 32, 33; Acts xv. 14-17. With the Baby- 
lonian captivity began the ‘‘times of the Gentiles,” which con- 
tinue to the second advent, yet future (Luke xxi. 24; see 
Section II., Part 4, ‘‘Daniel,” and Section VII., Part 1, ‘“The 
Times of the Gentiles’), during which the theocratic rule is 
reduced to a simple providential direction of events, rulerships 
and magistracies. The book of Esther illustrates this. God 
is not once mentioned in that book, but works nevertheless for 
the preservation of His people. This veiled watchfulness char- 
acterizes the present dispensation. See also Daniel ii. 37, 38; 
Rom. xiii. 1-7.] : 

The third period is characterized by division, disunion and 
confusion. The evil effects of the failure utterly to extirpate 
and drive out the inhabitants of the land were apparent as soon 
as the strong hand of Joshua was no longer felt. The tribes fell 
away into idolatries, which were punished by subjection to alien 
rule. Their deliverances were by the Judges, who were specially 
raised up of God. It does not appear that.any judge ruled over 
the entire nation until Eli. The single possible exception is 
Deborah. Judges iv. 5. 

The sources of the history of the third period are the books 
of Judges and Ruth, and 1 Sam. i. to xii, 


JUDGES. 


This book is the sad record of the failure of the covenant 
people in the land. The key-word is confusion; the key-verse, 
xvii. 6: ‘‘Every man did that which was right in his own 
eyes.” : 

The book takes its name from the personages called Judges, 








HISTORY OF ISRAEL: JUDGES. IOI 


whose deeds are recorded therein. Chapter 11. 7-23 is a resume 
of the entire book. 

Perhaps no better remark upon the book was ever made than 
that of Professor W. G. Moorehead, D. D., of Xenia (‘‘Outline 
Studies in the Books of the Old Testament’): ‘‘Seven apos- 
tasies, seven servitudes to the seven heathen nations, seven 
deliverances!” 

THE STUDY oF JUDGES. 
I. Husrorica.. 
The student should remember that in Judges he is not 
- reading the orderly and connected history of a nation. Dur- 
ing the whole period covered by the book of Judges the tribes 
rather than the nation arein view. Nevertheless, the student 
should, as in the case of Joshua, become familiar with the 
book as a narrative of events. 


II. BroGRAPHICAL. 

The Judges are, of course, the prominent personages. The 
student should conceive of them as tribesmen in Israel upon 
whom the Lord laid the burden of Israel’s apostate and op- 
pressed state. They were the spiritual ancestors of the 
prophets; that is to say, patriots first of all, and religious 
reformers only because national security and prosperity were 
inseparably connected with loyalty and obedience to Jehovah. 


III. ANALYTICAL. 
Judges is in two parts. 
Parva; +740 RV. 
Part 2. xvii. to xxi. 


ITV. SPprmRITUAL. , 
Over the book of Judges as a guide to its spiritual interpre- 
tation might be written Zechariah’s great word (iv. 6), ‘‘Not 
by might, nor by power, but by my Spirit, saith the Lord.” 
Not one of the chosen deliverers had anything whereof to 
glory in the flesh. Othniel was but the son of the younger 
brother of Caleb; Ehud was a left-handed man and an assas- 
sin; Shamgar, a rustic with an ox goad; Deborah, a woman; 
Gideon, of an obscure family in the smallest tribe, etc. Each 
of the classes mentioned in 1 Cor. i. 27, 28 is illustrated among 
the Judges. 


102 HISTORY OF ISRAEL: RUTH, KINGS. 


RUTH. 


The book of Ruth should be read in connection with Judges. 
It presents a picture of life under the judges which is in sharp 
contrast with that presented in the closing chapters of the latter 
book. The two pictures will illustrate the varying state of Israel 
during this period. 

Typically, Ruth gives a foreview of the church (Ruth) as the 
Gentile bride of Christ, the rich Bethlehemite (Boaz). She also 
furnishes a lovely type of a right and normal Christian experi- 
ence. In chapter i. she is seen as deciding; in chapter ii. as 
serving; in chapter iii, as resting; in chapter iv. as rewarded. 


PES oO NX Sik 


The History of Israel.—continued. 


FOURTH PERIOD—THE KINGS. 


This period, covering about four hundred and eighty-five 

years, extends from the accession of Saul to the Babylonian 
captivity. 
_ The sources of the history are 1 Sam. viii. 1 to xxxi. 13; 2 
Samuel, 1 Kings, 2 Kings, 1 Chronicles, 2 Chronicles, and the 
narrative portions of Isaiah, Jeremiah, Lamentations, Ezekiel, 
and. all of the pre-exile (see Section I., Lesson III.) minor 
prophets except Jonah and Obadiah, viz., Joel, Amos, Hosea, 
Micah, Nahum, Zephaniah and Habakkuk. 

The analysis of the fourth period is: 


1. The choice and reign of Saul. 
2. The reigns of David, Solomon and of Rehoboam to the 
revolt of the ten tribes. 





an 
ert 


week 


a ae 
ee a) 
a sd - 


> iit 


Lier Loe} 


4 - ~ 


. 2h wie 
a ‘ 


iat aunanes Ese 


Ee 





HISTORY OF ISRAEL: KINGS, SAMUEL, 103 


3. The divided monarchies to the Assyrian captivity of 
the Samaritan (ten-tribe) kingdom. 

4, From the Assyrian captivity of Samaria to the Baby- 
lonian captivity of Judah. 

With few exceptions the events, the names and duration of 
the reigns of the kings are found exclusively in the historical 
books (1 Samuel to 2 Chronicles), while the moral state of the 
people is disclosed by their prophets. The student should 
therefore study the prophets in close connection with the nar- 
ratives. Written prophecy begins long subsequently to the 
division. The following tables will assist the student in com- 
bining the study of the narratives and of the prophets: 


KINGDOM OF JUDAH. 





























KINGS. ) PROPHETS. 
Joash, | Joel. 
Uzziah, | | 

Jotham, : Isaiah, 
Ahaz, | Micah. 
Hezekiah. | / 

Josiah, | Nahum, 
Jehoahaz, Zephaniah, 
Jehoiakim, | Jeremiah, 
Jehoiachin. | Habakkuk. 











KINGDOM OF ISRAEL. 








KINGS. | PROPHETS. 





Jeroboam II., 


Shallum, | 

Menahem, | Amos, 
Pekahiah, | Hosea. 
Hekah, 

Hoshea. 








The story is really very simple and seems complex only be- 
cause told in fragments. 
The method of study is simply to take the kings in their 


104 HISTORY OF ISRAEL: CAPTIVITIES. 


order: Saul, David, Solomon, to the division of the monarchy; 
then the kings of Judah from Rehoboam to Jehoiachin, and of 
Israel from Jeroboam to Hoshea—reading carefully all that is 
said of each of them in the books mentioned in ‘‘Sources of the 
History.” 

The prophets of the reign, as indicated in the tables, are also 
to be read. 

Nore. The student is not in this historical study to give attention to the 
predictions of the prophets, but only to that part of their writings which 


discloses the state of the people, e. g., Isa. i. 1-23; Joel 1. 1-20; Amos v. 1-17, 
etci ett: 


LESSON. XXIV. 
The History of Israel.—continued. 


FIFTH PERIOD—THE CAPTIVITIES. 


This period covers altogether, from the beginning of the 
Assyrian captivity of the Samaritan kingdom (B. C. 721) to the 
beginning of the restoration of Judah (B. C. 536), one hundred 
and eighty-five years; Judah having maintained some semblance 
of national autonomy for about one hundred and fifty years 
after the captivity of Samaria. 

Probably individuals from all of the tribes returned to Jeru- 
salem under Zerubbabel, Ezra and Nehemiah, but, speaking 
broadly, the dispersion of the ten tribes still continues; nor can . 
they now be positively identified. They are, however, preserved 
distinct from other peoples and are known to God as such, 
though they themselves, few in number, know Him not. Deut. 
Xxviii. 62; Hosea iii. 4; viii. 8; Isa. xi. 11-13. But a remnant of 
Judah returned after seventy years. wad 

The sources of the history are parts of Jeremiah and Ezekiel 


sie is rah 3 





Bru 
thar r | 
— 
y: 


se) ' 


5 | 
ty 
oe 
eer 
Ye 


he 


7 <5t ok ~ 
ares 





HISTORY OF ISRAEL: EZRA, MALACHI. 105 


Daniel, Obadiah, Esther, Ezrai., Neh. i. 1 toii. 8. Daniel and 
Esther give the fuller view of this period. It will be seen that 
the captives were treated as colonists, not slaves. The effort of 
Satan was to cause them to lose national identity and become 
indistinguishable from the Assyrians and Babylonians. 





LESSON XXV. 


The History of Israel.—continued. 


SIXTH PERIOD—THE RESTORED COMMONWEALTH. 


This period extends from the first restoration under Cyrus 
(B. C. 536) to the destruction of Jerusalem (A. D. 70). 

The sources of the history are Ezra, Nehemiah, Daniel, Haggai, 
Zechariah, Malachi, and all of the books of the New Testament 
except Rev. iv. to xxii. The student who desires to go deeply 
into the subject should also study Maccabees (Apocrypha) and 
Josephus. 

The analysis of the sixth period is as follows: 

1. From the return of the first detachment under Zerub- 
babel and Joshua (B. C. 536) to the dedication of the 
restoration temple, about twenty-two years. Ezrai. to 
vi., Haggai, Zechariah. 

2. Interregnum (no record). 

3. From the commission of Ezra (B. C. 458) to the com- 
mission of Nehemiah (B. C. 444), fourteen years. Ezra 
vii. to x, 

4, The governorship of Nehemiah (B. C. 444 to B. C. —). 
Neh. i. to xiti.; Malachi. 

5. From the end of the Old Testament canon to the birth 
of Christ, about four hundred yout Apocrypha, Jose- 
phus, secular histories. 


106 HISTORY OF ISRAEL : DISPERSION. 


6. From the birth of Christ to the crucifixion. Gospels. 
7%. From the ascension of Christ to the destruction of Jeru- 
salem, about forty years. Acts, Epistles, secular history. 


SEVENTH PERIOD—THE PRESENT DISPERSION. 


This period extends from the destruction of Jerusalem (A. D. 
70) to the present time. As the sources of the history of this 
period are entirely secular it is not included in the Correspond- 
ence Course, which is strictly Biblical, When the study of the 
Prophets is reached the future history of Israel will be consid- 
ered. 

Notre. The student will observe that the examination upon this part 
enters the New Testament only for the purpose of following the history of 


the Jewish people. The New Testament history will be separately con- 
sidered. \ : 








SECTION II. 


HOW TO STUDY THE SCRIPTURES. 


PART 3. THE POETICAL BOOKS. 


108 POETICAL BOOKS: JOB. 


SECTION EE: 


How to Study the Scriptures. 


PART JIL. =-THE- POETICAL BOOKS: 


The books classed as poetical are Job, Psalms, Proverbs, 
Ecclesiastes, Song of Solomon, Lamentations. The term 
‘‘noetical” is not to be taken as implying fancifulness or un- 
reality, but as relating to form only. — 


LESSONGAXVE 


JOB. 


This book is probably the most ancient writing in the Bible. 
Its author is unknown. That Job really existed and that the 
book is a true narrative is shown from Ezek. xiv. 14, 20; James 
v. 11. That he lived in patriarchal times is clear from (1) the 
age to which he lived, which could not have been less than two 
hundred years, and was probably two hundred and ten. He 
survived his disasters one hundred and forty years. If this, 
following the rule of God in relation to his other blessings, was 
double the years of his age when his calamities befell him, then 
he must have been seventy years old at that time, and his entire 
age, as suggested above, two hundred and ten. (2) That the 
book was written before the exodus is evident because, in the 
entire discussion of human responsibility under the divine gov- 





Chey) 


Lp RECT - 


“Tv 
ie 





POETICAL BOOKS: JOB. IO9 


ernment and of the problem of the suffering of the righteous, 
there is not the least reference to the Decalogue, nor to the 
Levitical sacrifices. 
Analysis. 
Part 1. Introduction. i. and ii. 
Part 2. The afgument. iii. to xlii.;6, 
Part 3. The solution. xl. 7-17. 

The student should first read the book as a narrative until 
able to write a synopsis of the story—omitting all reference to 
the arguments of the personages. This story will be found to 
be exceedingly simple. 

The student should, secondly, study the problem of the book, 
which lies deeper. - In its simplest form it is: Why do the 
godly suffer? In the profound and beautiful discussion we 
have (1) the shallow view of Satan, that the people of God love.» 
and serve Him for the profit of His temporal favor, refuted; 
(2) the scarcely less shallow view of Eliphaz, Bildad and Zophar 
(who agree in the main); that the suffering of the righteous is 
the temporal punishment of known (but perhaps secret) sins, 
refuted; (3) Elihu hasa far juster and more spiritual conception 
of the problem than any one of his three elders, or even Job 
himself, but his eloquent discourse is marred by conceit and 
volubility; then (4) Jehovah, dismissing the self-confident and 
dogmatic Elihu as one who ‘‘darkeneth counsel by words,” 
Himself calls Job into controversy. His wonderful monologue 
is really a discourse upon His attributes, followed by a revela- 
tion of Himself which produces its invariable effect. See Gen. 
xvii. 1-3; xxxii, 24-31; Joshua v. 13, 14; Isa. vi. 1-5; Dan. x. 
4-8; Rev. 1. 12-17. The words of Job, following the revelation 
of Jehovah (xlii. 1-6), give at last the solution: The godly are 
afflicted that they may be brought to self-knowledge and 
self-judgment. The sufferings are not penal for their sins, 
but remedial and purifying. ef t 

The book of Job is a commentary on 1 Cor. xi. 31, 32; Heb. 
xii. 7-11 (especially verse 10, l.c.); Luke xxii. 31, 32; 1 Cor. v. 
5. Job was a good and godly man, but self-righteous, lacking 
in humility. Chapter xxix. 1-25 exposes this fully. It shows 
what was in his heart during his prosperity. The personal pro- 
nouns ‘‘I,” ‘‘my” and ‘‘me” occur fifty times. 


IIo POETICAL BOOKS: PSALMS. 


THE PSALMS. 


The simplest definition of this marvelous collection is derived 
from its ancient use as The Hebrew Prayer and Praise Book. 
As finally gathered (probably by David) the Psalms form a Penta- 
teuch, or five-fold book. 

Analysis. 

Book 1. 1. to xli. 

Book 2. xiii. to 1xxii. 
Book 8. 1xxili. to 1xxxix. 
Book 4. xc. to cvi. 

Book 5.  cvii. to cl. 

These divisions are not arbitrary, but are marked by doxolo- 
gies at the end of each book. See xli. 13, etc. Primarily the 

«Psalms consist of prayers, praises, experiences, promises of 
God, and declarations of the divine nature and will. But all 


these are instinct with the spirit of prophecy. Words used by. 


David and others, expressive of their emotions under the most 
varied experiences, are appropriated in the New Testament to 
Christ; and other passages having as their first or primary use 
the expression of the sufferings, fears, hopes or joys of God’s 
ancient people, look forward also to similar conditions of the 
Jewish Remnant during the Tribulation. 

In Luke xxiv. 25-27, 44 our Lord declares that the Rents 
are Messianic and concern His sufferings and glory. Psalms 
XXll., XxXlii., xxiv. furnish examples of this Messianic teaching. 
The first is the Psalm of crucifixion, the second shows that this 
crucified one is the Shepherd Jehovah, and the third introduces 
Him in His glory as king of the earth. 

So Psalms i. and ii. present Him as: the Righteous Man 
(i.); as the rejected and crucified Christ (ii. 1-3 with Acts iv: 
24-28), and finally as King in Zion, ruling the earth with resist- 
less might (ii. 4-9). The Lord’s priestly office is also developed 
in the Psalms, as in cx. 4 with Heb. vii. 17. 

That the entire collection is arranged (whatever the date of 
each Psalm) by divine wisdom to exhibit the divine purposes in 
orderly progression, no one deeply familiar with prophecy can 
doubt. This prophetic element will be referred to in Part 4 of 
this Section, ‘“The Prophetical Books.” 


had 
* 


\e 
ak 


¥S 
=H 


ie 
s 
hat 


aes 





Wore 


oy a 


Nees 


= 





POETICAL BOOKS: PROVERBS. ECCLESIASTES. III 


PROVERBS. 


This collection of sententious saying's is divine wisdom applied 
to the earthly conditions of the people of God. That Solomon | 
was the author (i. 1) of the book implies no more than that he 
gathered into the existing form and orderly arrangement these 
sayings already current among the people, given portion by por- 
tion by the Holy Spirit perhaps through many centuries. See 
Eccl. xii. 9, which is Solomon’s account of the matter. 

It appears from xxv. 1 that the portion included in xxi. to 
xxix. existed up to Hezekiah’s time in manuscript, and was 
published in his reign. Chapters xxx., xxxi. are by Agur and 
Lemuel, respectively. : 

The analysis is difficult and is not of great importance, as no 
structural unity has been discerned. It may be said to fall 
into five parts: 

Parity iptorix. 

Part 2, | xvtO XXiv. 
Part O00 xxv to XKIX. 
Part 4. Xxx. 

Pavero HSE 


That wisdom is more than the personification of a divine at- 
tribute and is an adumbration of Christ, is sure to every devout 
mind (Prov. viii. 22-31). Christ found Himself in this book. 
Luke xxiv. 27. If the student will read ‘‘Christ” instead of 
‘‘wisdom’”’ in the passages where the latter word occurs he will 
see the wonderful power of this book. 


ECCLESIASTES. 


In this book we have the divine demonstration of the futility 
of seeking satisfaction and happiness by any means possible to 
the natural.man. Its key-phrase is, “under the sun.” It 
shows man under the most favorable circumstances seeking 
peace and joy by every method open to man and finding only 
‘vanity and vexation of spirit” instead. 

The student should notice that it is not at all the will of God 
which is developed, but that of man ‘‘under the sun” forming 


112 POETICAL BOOKS: ECCLESIASTES. 


his own code. Itis, therefore, as idle to quote such passages 
as ii. 24, iii. 22, etc., as expressions of the divine will as it would 
be so to apply Job ii. 4, 5, or Gen. iii. 4. The constant repeti- 
tion of such expressions as, ‘‘I perceived,”’ ‘‘I said in my heart,” 
‘then I saw,’ etc., sufficiently indicate that here the Holy 
Spirit is showing us the workings of man’s own wisdom and his 
reaction in weariness and disgust. 

It is what man, with the knowledge that there is a holy God 
and that He will bring everything into judgment, discovers of 
the emptiness of setting the heart upon things ‘‘under the sun.” 
He concludes after all that the best thing attainable is to fear 
God and obey him. It may be said that this was a correct con- 
clusion at a time when the law was the last and highest revela- 
tion from God. But the whole duty of man to-day is not to 
‘fear God and keep His commandments,” but to take his place 
before God asa sinner condemned by the commandments, believe 
on the Lord Jesus Christ to the saving of his soul, and then to 
live in the power of resurrection life. 

Dr. W. J. Erdman well says: ‘‘A final proof that even this 
highest and best conclusion is still of the natural man lies in the 
fact that no preacher of the gospel would select this text as one 
containing the gospel.”’ 

Prof. W. G. Moorehead, treating the book as a sermon, gives 
(in substance) the following 

Analysis. 

dee 4 a Bere 8 
Lif Lext proved: 
(1). Byvexpertence oto 7. 
(2) By observation. iii. to iv. 
2. Text unfolded. 
(1) The miseries of life. 
» (2) The hypocrisies of life. 
(3) The wrongs and injustices of life. 
(4) The riches and poverty of life. 
(5) The uncertainties of life. : 
(6) The best thing possible to the natural man 
apart from God. 
-(7) The best thing possible to the man who knows 
God and His law. . 





\ wo, t 
Ag yeeiny 


uu, 

= pu Po 4 1a 
2 as eee 
ie We 


we 
ares? 
wr 
“algh 








- POETICAL BOOKS: CANTICLES. . E13 
THE SONG OF SOLOMON, 


Author, Solomon. i. i. Perhaps nowhere in Scripture does 
the unspiritual mind tread upon ground so mysterious and in- 
comprehensible as in this precious book. Certainly, nowhere. 
does the soul in unhindered fellowship with God. through the 
Spirit’s fullness find more pure and exquisite delight. This has 
been proved by the powerful hold which in every age it has had 
upon the purest, saintliest, men and women. 

It sets forth the very inner workings of the heart of (emee 
toward His bride, and the answering love which is but the pale 
reflection ee his own. 


‘‘As moonlight unto sunlight, 
Or as water unto wine.” 


That the love of the divine Bridegroom for His blood-bought 
and purified bride should follow all the analogies of that rela- 
tionship seems evil only to minds so debased that marital desire 
itself seems to them unholy. 

It is most comforting to see that all these tender affections 
of Christ are for His bride in her unperfected state, while she is 
stillin the place of trial and failure. The book, therefore, shows 
a succession of lapses from communion (not from salvation) 
and restoration. 

Analysis. 

Part1. i. 1 toii. 7%. The bride brought into restful com- 
munion with the Bridegroom. 

Part 2. ii. 8 to iii. 5. The bride returns to her former 
home (a lapse from communion), but is brought back. 

Part 3. iii. 6 tov. 1. Happy communion. 

Part 4. v. 2, 3. Discloses a separation of heart. The 
bride is satisfied with her washed feet, while the Bride- 
groom, His head filled with dew, is toiling for others. 
See Luke vi. 12; xiv. 21, 23. 

Part 5. v. 4 to vi. 3. The bride now seeks Him; no longer 
satisfied with His gifts, merely, and testifies of His 
beauty. 

Part 6. vi. 4 to viii. 14. Unbroken communion. 


114 POETICAL BOOKS: LAMENTATIONS. 


LAMENTATIONS. 


The touching significance of this beautiful poem (the student 
should read it in the Revised Version) lies in the fact that it is 
the disclosure of the love and sorrow of Jehovah for the very 
people whom he is chastening. Israel and Judah are seen in 
captivity—a captivity appointed of God—yet their sorrow is His 
sorrow, their affliction His affliction. The book illustrates such 
passages as Isa. xiii. 9; Matt. xxiii. 36-38. 

That the words are the expression of Jeremiah’s personal 
sorrow is true, but they are also God’s words, and the sorrow 
was God’s sorrow wrought in Jeremiah’s heart. 

Analysis. The five chapters give correctly whatever of 
structure there is in the book, viz., five distinct lamentations. 


FEE set § 


tent a 
* sept | 
eer ws 





Fatt 


se ees 
y ar; $ G 


a 





EXAMINATION. 


SECTION II, PARTS 2 AND 3. 


THE HISTORICAL AND POETICAL BOOKS 


Before beginning this examinat’or, r ad Instructions to 
Students, page 4. 


QUESTIONS. | 


1. Give the number and titles of the Historical Books. 
2. In what other books of the Bible’is historical matter 
found? sa el 

3. With what nation is Old Testament history chiefly con- 
cerned? SRG 

4, Give from memory. the seven periods of Israel's history. 


116 EXAMINATION : HISTORICAL BOOKS. 


FIRST PERIOD. 


What was the duration of the first period? 
Between what events did it extend? 
What are the sources of the history of the first period? 
8. Give from memory a brief outline of the events of the 
first period. 
9. What are the names of the chief personages of the first 
period? 
10. What notable book of the Bible belong's to this time? 
11. What was the number of the Israelites who went into 


Egypt? 


i. vo Ox 


SECOND PERIOD. 


12. What was the duration of this period? 

13. What events marked its beginning and ending? 

14. What are the sources of the history of this period? 

15. Give from memory the divisions of this period. — 

16. Give from memory a brief narrative of the events of the 
first division. 

17. Of the second division (including the events of Sinai). 

18. Of the third division (including events of Kadesh- 
barnea). 

19. Of the fourth division (to the death of Moses). 

20. What time was occupied by the events of the fourth 
division? 

21. Who were the chief personages of the fourth aceon 

22. Give from memory a brief narrative of the events of 
the fifth division. 

23. Who are the chief personages of the fifth division? 

24. Of what book is Joshua the proper continuation? 

25. Why was it pied aes to write Numbers and Deute- 
ronomy? «= ; 
.,26. .What 1 is s the xe panty of. Ese and Toshia? 

oe What, thus grouped, is the distinctive key- word of 
Exodus? i 
“28. Of Joshua? 

29. What is, then, full redemption? 

30. ‘Out of what is the sinner brought? 


, <r praee 
PRrd Metrr PES Gisteians © 


SS A - Pie erents a 
Set date 5 tases parative 


~ 3 
foe “ behead Th, 


he 
% hii 


sta wo Lie 


- SVP is 


ave 


ok 


ai: gale oni ME ite ‘henidgs ern: 








EXAMINATION : HISTORICAL BOOKS. 117 


31. Into what is he brought? 
32. Who is the chief personage in Joshua? 
33. Give names of otherimportant personages. 
34. Give from memory the four divisions of Joshua. 
35. Give a brief narrative of the events of the sip division. 
36. Of the second. 
37. Of the third. 
38. Give a synopsis of Joshua’s last counsels. | 
39. To what New Testament book does Joshua correspond? 
40. Was Canaan a type cea 
41. Why? or why not? 
42. Is the believer now of the world (Egypt)? 
43. Is hein heaven? 
“44. Where is he actually in Lady presence? 
45. Where is he spiritually? 
46. Does the believer have conflicts? - 
47, Is the victory gained through the law ue: ade? 
48. How is the victory gained? | 
49. Can legal obedience secure the highest spiritual bette A 
love, joy, peace, etc.? 
50. How are these gained? (Gal. v. 16, 22, 23.) 
51. Of whom is Joshua a type? 
52. State, in your own words, the four respects” in which 
Joshua is a type. 
53. Of what is the passage of Jordan a type? 
54. State the typical significance of the two-and-a-half tribes 
who chose their inheritance on the wilderness side of Jordan. 
55. Explain typical meaning of Rahab’s sigh. 
56. Of circumcision. 
5%. Of the downfall of Jericho. 
_58. Of the sin of Achan. | 


THIRD PERIOD. 


59. State the duration and terminal events of this period. 
60. What was the character of the government during this 
period? | 

61. Will this form of government ever be restored? 

62. When? 

63. When did the times of the Gentiles begin? 


118 EXAMINATION : HISTORICAL BOOKS. 


64. When will they end? 

65. What is the character of the divine rule over the earth 
during the times of the Gentiles? 

66. What was the general condition of Israel during ihe 
third period? 

67. What was the primary cause of that pontiidn’ 

68. To what does this correspond in Christian experience? 

69. What are the sources of the history of this period? 

70. Of what is Judges the record? 

71. What is the key-verse of Judges? 

72. Give from memory the names of the Judges? 

73. Give a brief account of the events from the death of 
Joshua to the choice of Saul. 

74. Did the plan to change the form of government come 
from God? 

75. Whom did Israel reject as king when Saul was chosen? 

76. What influenced the people in their choice of Saul? 

7%. To what period does the book of Ruth belong? 

78. What is the typical significance of Ruth? 


FOURTH PERIOD. 


%9. State the duration and terminal points of this period. 

80. What are the sources of the history? 

81. Give from memory the divisions of the fourth period. 

82. Give a brief narrative of the choice, reign and death of 
Saul. , 

83. What personages were conspicuous in his reign? 

84. What was his character? | 

85. Give a brief narrative of the events from the death of 
Saul to the revolt of the ten tribes. 

86. Name the chief personages of this period. 

87. The three most important events. 

88. Where, and over whom, was David first crowned? 

89. Under what circumstances was he acknowledged king 
over all Israel? | 

90. Give your impression of David’s character. 

91. Give God’s opinion of David. 

92. Into what covenant did God enter with David? — : 





ee rice gieigs me 
stay 


a re Ore 


Mea 





EXAMINATION: HISTORICAL BOOKS. 119 


93. State the duration of that covenant. 
94. Under its terms would it cease to be binding upon God 
if David’s descendants did evil? 
95. What confirmation of His covenant with David did God 
give to Mary the mother of Jesus before His birth? 
96. Has this ever been fulfilled? 
97. Of whom was Solomon the son? 
98. What was his mother’s name? 
99. Give the chief events of his reign in order. 
100. Give your impression of his character. | 
101. Name the chief personages of his reign. 
102. What is said of Jeroboam during the reign of Solomon} 
103. Who succeeded Solomon as king? 
104. By what acts did he alienate the affections of part of the 
tribes? 
105. Give an account of the disruption of the monarchy 
founded by David. 
106. By whom and when had this disruption been predicted? 
107. How many tribes revolted from Rehoboam? 
108. Whom did they choose king? 
109. What is the ten-tribe kingdom usually called (1 Kings 
xit, 19.) 
110. What is the ued of the two tribes usually called? 
111. Give the names and a brief account of the reigns of each 
of the kings of /srae/ from Jeroboam to the end of the ten- 
tribe kingdom. 
112. What prophets lived during this time in Israel? 
113. Which of these left wrztten prophecies? 
114. What brought the kingdom of Israel to an end? 
115. Was this kingdom ever restored? 
116. Give the names and a brief account of the reigns of each 
of the kings of /udah from Rehoboam to the end. 
117. What prophets lived during this time in Judah? 
118. Of them, who left wrztten prophecies? 
119. What was the moral and religious state of Israel and of 
Judah during the divided monarchies? 
120.. How long after the destruction of Israel did Judah en- 
dure? . 
121. What nation aed, Judah into captivity? 


129 EXAMINATION: HISTORICAL BOOKS. 


FIFTH PERIOD. 


122. What distinguished personages lived during the captiv- 
ity of Judah? 

123. What books give an account of the captivity of Judah? 

124. State the notable events during the captivities. 

125. What was the duration of Judah’s captivity? _ 


SIXTH PERIOD. 


126. Give the duration and terminal events of this period. 

127. What number of Jews returned to Palestine? 

128. Under what leaders? 

129. By permission of what rulers? — 

130. What books give an account of the sixth period? - 

131. Into how many divisions does the period fall? 

132. Give in your own words the story of the first division. 

133. Why cannot you give an account of the second division? 

134. Give the events of the third division. 

135. Of the fourth and fifth divisions. 

136. Of the sixth division. 

137%. . Of the seventh division. | 

138. Who was the real sovereign over the Jewish PoPRe at. 
the birth.of Christ? 

139. * Who. was sovereign at His death? 

140, Did the Romans permit the Jews to. manage their reli- 
gious affairs during the life of Christ? . 

141. Give. references showing the exercise of authority in 
religious affairs by the rulers of the Jews. 

142. Had these rulers SUD OR EY, in other than religious mat- 
ters? 

143.. .Give from memory a list of the chief personages in the 
seventh division, . 

144, What books. of the Bible were written during the seventh 
division. eke 

- SEVENTH PERIOD. 


145. Give the duration of the.seventh period. 
146. State from memory the seven periods of Israel’s history. 


Note.—The years of the period need not be given, but it is of the utmost 
importance for the student. te master the general division into periods. 





+ peaes 


i 


* 
r 


. 


re Ot aloe, rs 


‘ dm J iT , 
et et A bats 


ese nk Mc 





EXAMINATION : POETICAL BOOKS. 121. 


EXAMINATION. 


SECTION II, PART 8. 


THE POETICAL Books. 


1. Enumerate from memory the poetical books. 


2. What is meant by the word ‘‘poetical”’ applied to these 
books? 


JOB. 
3. What personages are named in Job? 
4. Why do you believe Job to have been a real person? 
5. What is the problem of Job? 
6. Give chapter and verse showing Satan’s view. 
7. Why do you believe Satan to be a real being? 
8. What is his relation sometimes to the calamities and 


afflictions of Christians? 
9. Give a New Testament quotation to the same purport. 
10. Within what limits may Satan afflict Christians? 
11. What advice did Job’s wife give? 


12. Give references to show Eliphaz’ view of the sufferings 
of Job. 


13. Is any part of Eliphaz’ first speech quoted approvingly 
in the new Testament? 


14. What was Job’s answer to Eliphaz’ first speech? (Give 
brief summary.) 

15. Give the poznt of Bildad’s first speech. 

16. Give the substance of Job’s answer. 

17. Give the view of Zophar in his first speech. 

18. Give the substance of Job’s answer. 

19. Give the substance of Eliphaz’ second speech. 

20. Give Job’s answer. (In brief summary.) 


21. In the same way give the gist of Bildad’s second Jeg 
and. Job’s answer. 


22. Also, Zophar’s second speech and Job’s answer. 
23. Also, the third speech of Eliphaz and Job’s answer. 
24. Also, Bildad’s third speech and Job’s answer, 


122 


25. 
26. 
27%. 
28. 
29. 


30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 


EXAMINATION : POETICAL BOOKS. 


Why was Elihu’s wrath kindled? 

Give the substance of Elihu’s view of Job’s afflictions. 
What is the object of Jehovah’s address? 

What was the effect upon Job? 

Why were Job’s afflictions permitted? 


~ PSALMS. 


Into how many books is Psalms divided? 

What marks the divisions? 

What is meant by the Messianic element in Psalms? 
How do you prove that there is a Messianic and pro- 


phetic element? 


~~PROVERBS. 


34. What is the right use of this book? 
35. Who arranged the collection? 
36. Was Solomon the author of all the Proverbs? 
37. Give the analysis. 
38. Is Christ to be found in this book? 
39. In what character? 

ECCLESIASTES. 
40. What is the purpose of Ecclesiastes? 
41. Who was its author? 
42. What is the key-word? 
43. Are all its statements to be taken as expressions of the 

divine will? 
44, What was the whole duty of man under law? 
45. What is the whole duty of man under grace? 
SONG OF SOLOMON. 

46. What is the spiritual meaning of the song? 
47%. Why is it comforting? 
48. Does it treat of salvation? 
49. Give the analysts. 

LAMENTATIONS. 
50. During what period of Israel’s history was this book 

written? : . | 

51. By whom? 
52. State its special significance. 








SECTION II. 


HOW TO STUDY THE SCRIPTURES. 


PART 4. THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 


124 PROPHETS. 


SECTION II. 


How to Study the Scriptures. 


PART IV. _THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 


1. The prophets were men raised up mostly outside the 
priestly or Levitical class in times of apostasy and declension. 
Their function was, primarily, that of revivalists and patriots, 
speaking to the national conscience and striving to restore faith 
in Jehovah, purity of worship, and patriotism among the peo- 
ple. The ministry of Elijah illustrates this. Later in the his- 
tory of the nation the predictive element became more promi- 
nent; and then, because these predictions concerned the far 
future, the prophecies were written that they might be pre- 
served. 

2. The prophetical books of the Old Testament are sixteen 
innumber. As the captivities of Israel and of Judah are largely 
the theme of the Old Testament prophets, they are appropri- 
ately classed as pre-exile, exile and post-exile. The division 
(as in our Bibles) into major and minor, a division based solely 
upon the bulk of the writings, is unscientific and misleading. 

3. The pre-exilic prophets, in the order of the date of their 
writings, are: Obadiah, Joel, Jonah, Amos, Hosea, Isaiah, Mi- 
cah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah and Jeremiah. | 

These are divided into prophets of Israel (the ten-tribe king- 
dom), and prophets of Judah. 

The prophets of Israel, all pre-exilic, are Jonah, Amos and 
Hosea. 

The pre-exilic prophets of Judah are Obadiah, Joel, Isaiah, 
Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah and Jeremiah. 

4, The prophets of the exile, both of Judah, but prophesying 
to the whole nation, are Ezekiel and Daniel. 





ire Fag 


a See 


be 


yee 
wha 


al 


a 


+ +" 


5 


jan 





PROPHETS. _ 125 
--5, The post-exilic prophets, all of Aisne are Haggai, Zech- 
ariah and Malachi. 
Note. Jeremiah’s ministry extended slightly into the captivity of Judah. 


Note. The chronological order of Joel, Obadiah and Jonah is much dis- 
puted. ‘The order as given above has the weight of authority. 





How to Study the Prophets. 


~The contents of the prophetic writings indicate the natural 
method of their study. | 
' I. Bear constantly in mind that the prophet had ipeimarily 
to deal with the moral and religious condition of his people in 
his own time. That condition was always bad, even when there 
was temporal prosperity, for prophets were never sent while 
the nation was walking obediently. The denunciations, re- 
bukes and exhortations therefore are not general and abstract, 
to be applied to the race or the church, but local and Israelitish. 
Think of the prophet as he was, a godly Israelite filled with 
the Holy Spirit and with patriotic zeal, in the midst of a people 
living in violation of covenant obligations, in the heartless and 
insincere observance of religious forms, or in open idolatry. 
The prophet, then, was first of all a Hebrew patriot and re- 
vivalist. But, beside this, he was also a foreteller; he spoke.of 
that which should come to pass. Here, too, he was in the main 
avoice speaking to Israel. It was not the mission of the 
prophet to announce future events except as they concerned the 
Jewish people. Other peoples are mentioned only as they come 
into contact with the nation or the national Messiah. 
The great themes of predictive prophecy are: 
1. The dispersion and captivity of the chosen people. 
2... The person and advent of Messiah. 
3. The restoration under Messiah’s rule of the nation to 
its own land. 
4, The glorious kingdom of Nedeiuh over Israel and then 
over the whole earth. 


126 


5. 


16 be 


PROPHETS. 


These general prophecies are mingled with prophetic 
warnings which were to have a near and local fulfillment 
—as certain invasions, famines, etc. It will be seen 
that many predictions have a near and local fulfill- 
ment, which is but partial and precursive of some 
greater fulfillment yet to come. 


The student should read attentively Deut. xxviii. 1 to 


xxx. 9. This passage is a kind of synopsis of all prophecy. 
Observe: 


aie 


The children of Israel entered upon the possession of 
the promised land, not under the unconditional covenant 
of Jehovah with Abraham, but under the condition of 
obedience to the law. Deut. xxviii. 1-14. 

That the first consequences of disobedience were to be 
chastisements in the land. Deut. xxviii. 15-30. 

If such measures should prove ineffectual to restore 
Israel to obedience, enemies from without were to be 
used as a greater scourge. Deut. xxviti. 31-35. 

If this failed then Israel was to be conquered and car- 
ried away into captivity. Deut. xxviii. 36-63. 

Even this does not exhaust the decreed chastisement, 


_ for it is further said that there shall follow a world-wide 


~2 


dispersion, accompanied with unceasing and awful per- 
secutions. Deut. xxviii. 64-68. 

Chapter xxix. is a recapitulation of the dealings of Je- 
hovah with Israel hitherto and of the threatened judg- 
ments to follow disobedience. : 

Then follows the sublime and reassuring prophecy of 


Deut. xxx. 1-9. It is an epitome of Old Testament 


prophecy. 


a. It implies the failure of Israel in the land and the 
infliction of the predicted penalties. Verse 1. 


6b. The repentance of Israel, while yet in the disper- 
sion, of these very sins and a return to the law. 
Verse 2. Observe, this is legal, not Gospel repent- 
ance. It is not yet ‘‘looking upon Him whom they 
have pierced” (Zech xii. 10; xiii. 6), but Jewish 
obedience to the law. 


rv A 
Pea ye i 
pO al ae Aa 


WOE ead he 


- is 7 
Ry paseizt 22 


‘ baa tt Leth te : 


Vee 
ae 
bes 








PROPHETS. 127 


c. This is followed by the compassion and return of 
the Lord, the regathering of dispersed Israel and 
their establishment once more in the land. Verses 
3-5. | 

dad, Then occurs the conversion of the nation. Verse 6. 

ec. Judgment is then visited upon the Gentile nations 
which have persecuted and oppressed Israel. Verse’. 

jf. The passage closes with a prediction of the full 
earthly blessedness and millennial prosperity of the 
nation. 

Such is prophecy. Israel, rashly accepting the law at Sinai, 
is tested under it under the most favorable circumstances; fails 
utterly though often warned; does not profit by chastisement, 
so that captivity and finally dispersion follow. When the writ- 
ing prophets appear the captivity is just impending, but all 
their warnings are invain. Then, as in Deuteronomy, rebukes 
and warnings are followed by comforting and glowing predic- 
tions of the ultimate glory and blessedness of Israel. These 
predictions, ample and minute, fill in the details left blank in 
the Deuteronomic outline. The passage in Deuteronomy, for 
example, refers to the return of the Lord (Deut. xxx. 3), so 
implying His previous presence on earth. In the prophets, 
while this return is still the great theme, there is much also con- 
cerning the first advent of Messiah, his deity and humanity, his 
humiliation, rejection and crucifixion. So, also, the repentance 
of Israel and the regathering and conversion of the nation, 
briefly predicted in Deuteronomy, are elaborately described in 
the prophets. 

In like manner the Deuteronomic outline says nothing of the 
character in which the Lord will return, nor of how the future 
blessedness of Israel in the land is to be made sure. The 
prophets tell us that the Lord will return in the character of a 
king, who will rule in divine power, but by human right, as 
son and heir of David. ; 

III. Tosum up: The student will observe the broad division 
of the prophetic writings into (1) the prophet’s ministry to his 
own time and generation; (2) his predictive ministry, which 
concerns the future exaltation of Israel under Jehovah-Mes- 
siah, David’s Son. 


128 PROPHETS. 


IV. As it is impossible to read any writing understandingly 
without interpretation, it is necessary to say that the prophetic 
writings are to be interpreted in the literal, natural and un- 
forced meaning of the words. This is made certain by the fact 
that all fulfilled prophecy has been fulfilled literally, not spirit- 
ually or allegorically. A few representative passages will suf- 
fice for the proof of this statement. 

Gen; xv. 13:16 5 Xvi. 4.112; *Deut. Kxvili462-67;: Psa. xxii. 1; 
7. 8, 18-18; 2 Isa, ‘vifhe145 71, 63° 1ii9'2-94°xliv' 28" Hosea iti, 4; 
Joel ii. 28, 29; Micah v. 2;~Acts 1i. 16-18; Matt. xxi. 4, 5; Luke 
i.:20, 31; Acts 1.5; Matt. ii. 4-6; Luke xxi. 16, 17, 24; Acts 
xxi. 10, 11. : 

The student, by simply noting in the Gospels the expression 
‘that it might be fulfilled,” will be able to add a very large 
- number of such proofs that God invariably fulfills prophecy 
literally. There are figurative passages (Ezek. xxxvii. 1-10, 
e. g.), but when the meaning of the figure is ascertained, that 
will be literally fulfilled. This renders the study of prophecy 
simple. Zion and Jerusalem mean Zion and Jerusalem, not the 
church. 

V. The church is not in prophecy at all. The earthly min- 
istry, death, resurrection and second coming of Christ are sub- 
jects of prophecy, but His purpose to form a church during His 
rejection by Israel is never disclosed until announced by Jesus 
Himself (Matt. xvi. 18). See also Eph. iii. 3-10. 

VI. How to study each book. The student should read the 
book slowly and carefully, noting separately the subjects with 
which the prophet deals, and under these the chapter and verse. 
This gives the: oa 

Classification of the book. For example, Jeremiah be- 
gins by speaking of himself. That gives the first head, 
‘‘Jeremiah.” Under that head the student will note, as he 
reads, the passages in which the prophet speaks of him- — 
self. Then certain kings are mentioned; each of these 
names will be a head for notations. Ini. 15 ‘‘kingdoms 
of the north,” ‘‘Jerusalem” and ‘‘Judah” are mentioned. 
In this way the student should go through the first read- 
ing of the book. He is then prepared to study the book 
topically, to discover what the prophet says upon each 


we BE 


o. GOR ae 





Sy ad hd i oe aby at, p Taku ¢ aint tye = 
Ca. 3 pan rey yf ee toot BP xe 


cia ey ae Weturct ks tear oe ty A 


ancien eek Ge 
{ ve ees as. 
: Say 4, 


* 





PROPHETS: JONAH. 129 


of his subjects. _What does he say of himself? What of 
Jehoiakin? What of Zedekiah? What of the kingdoms 
of the north? What of Jerusalem? etc., etc. As will be 
seen, the examination is intended to test the student’s 
knowledge of these things. 





THE PROPHETIC WRITINGS. 


I. The Prophets Before the Exile. 


,.4 Lhe pre-exilic prophets, beginning with Obadiah in the reign 
of Athaliah, cover a period of about 230 years—from about 840 
B. C. to 609 B. C. During this period the Samaritan or ten- 
tribe kingdom, called in the Prophets ‘‘Israel” and ‘‘Ephraim,” 
was destroyed, and the entire period was one of increasing un- 
belief, idolatry, and of the distress caused by successive and in- 
creasingly severe chastisements from God. 

The revivals under Uzziah, Hezekiah and Josiah, partly re- 
ligious and partly political, are soon shown to have been super- 
ficial and without root in the popular conscience and faith. 


LESSON XXVII. 


Prophets of Israel Before the Exile. 


JONAH. 


1. Tue History or THE PropuHet’s TIME. 7 
It is impossible to determine this with absolute certainty. 
This, however, does not destroy the historical and personal 
reality of the book. From 2 Kings xiv. 25 we learn that he 


130 PROPHETS: AMOS. 


was a recognized prophet,-and of Gath-hepher. From our 


~ Lord’s words (Matt. xii. 38-41) we have the confirmation of 


J 
haw 
. 


‘his mission to Ninevah, and the satiate ent oe a most 


striking event in his life. 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


The prophecy is absolutely without reference to Judah or 
Israel. The ministry of the prophet was wholly to a Gentile 
city, Nineveh. Indeed, we would not know whether he was 
of Judah or the ten tribes except for the reference in 2 Kings 
xiv. 25 to Gath-hepher. But from our Lord’s typical use of 
his history we get the clue to the permanent instruction of 
the book. It speaks of God’s mercy breaking through the 
wall of Jewish separation and going forth to the Gentiles; 
and this accomplished through a sent one who had known 
(in type) death and resurrection. 


ANALYSIS OF THE Book. 
This is naturally indicated in the division into chapters in 


- the common version of the Bible. 


fo x 


LESSON XXVIIL 


Prophets of Israel Before the Exile.—continued. 


~~ AMOS. 


Tue History OF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


Amos prophesied to Israel, the ten-tribe kingdom, in the 
days of Uzziah, king of Judah, and of Jeroboam II., king of 
Israel. He was of the tribe of Judah, but was sent into the 
northern kingdom to prophesy. i. 1; vii. 14, 15. 

Jeroboam II., an able but wicked king, reigned in Samaria 
forty-one years. During thirty-seven years he was contem- 


a ® ee 7 
Lae + a, ime 

a a 
Pao 2 
ers 

d A 


eee t AsV x 


= 








PROPHETS: AMOS. . 131 


porary with Uzziah, king of Judah. He was a successful 
soldier and his reign seemed to increase the power and pros- 
perity of the northern kingdom. But he was a shameless 
idolater.. Just in the midst of this period of outward triumph 
and prosperity the rough uncompromising herdsman of Tekoa 
uttered his terrible rebukes and warnings. It is an illustra- 
tion of the principle of Luke xvii. 26-50; 1 Thess. ii. 3. The 
former is the very illustration used by Amos v. 11, 12. Pow- 
erful and prosperous as the kingdom then seemed, it was 
within about eighty years of utter extinction. This was the 
burden of Amos’ prophecy. 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


The spirit of the book is rude, violent, intense, dramatic. 
Some passages are strikingly like utterances of Jeremiah 
nearly one hundred years later. 


ANALYSIS OF THE Book. 


Section I. Chaptersi. toii. 3. Predictions of the judgments 
of God upon Damascus (Syria), Gaza, Ashdod, Ashkelon, Ek- 
ron, Tyre, Edom, etc. 

Section II. Chapter ii. 4-16. Predictions of the judgments 
of God upon Jerusalem and Judah. 3 

Section III. Chapters ii. 1 toix. 7. Predictions of judg- 
ments upon the ‘‘children of Israel, against the whole family 
which I brought up from the land of Egypt.”’ It is impossible 
fairly to limit the language to the ten-tribe kingdom, usually 
called ‘‘Israel’” or ‘‘Ephraim,” though the latter is especially 
in the eye of the prophet. The sentence is against the 
‘thouse of Jacob” (iii. 13) though it was, in the event, exe- 
cuted first against the northern kingdom. The passage ex- 
poses with unsparing hand the moral rottenness and apostasy 
underlying the outward splendor and prosperity of the time. 

Section IV. Chapter ix. 8-15. The comforting and beau- 


_ tiful prediction of the preservation of the “‘house of Jacob;” 


the restoration of the Davidic monarchy; the extension of the 
Davidic power over the earth; and the glory of the kingdom. 
This passage is quoted by James in Acts xv. 13-17 as a pre- 
diction to be fulfilled at the second coming of Christ, and as 
indicating the time of the conversion of the world. 


13 


2 PROPHETS : HOSEA. 


LESSON XXIX. 


| Prophets of Israel Before the Exile.—cContinued. 


wo 


3. 


HOSEA. 


Tue History oF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


Hosea was a contemporary of Amos in Israel and of Isaiah 
and Micah in Judah. Preceding lessons have sufficiently ex- 
plained the time. Jeroboam II. is the only one of the later 
kings of Israel mentioned by the prophet, but it is expressly 
stated (i. 1) that this word of the Lord came to him in the 
days of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz and Hezekiah, kings of Judah; 
so that Hosea prophesied even after the extinction of the 
northern kingdom, which occurred during the reign of Ahaz. 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


Hosea is abrupt, figurative and metaphorical in style. It 
is, therefore, of the utmost moment to arrive at the thing 
meant by the symbolic action or speech. 


ANALYSIS OF THE BOOK. 
Hosea obviously falls into three sections: 


Section I. Chaptersi. toi. This part discloses the moral 
state of Israel. The nation had been as a wife to Jeho- 
vah. He had, so to speak, committed the honor of His 
name to her, and had cherished her with tender love, 
but she had become adulterous (i. 2, 3). It should be 
remembered that by this terrible word God designates 
worldliness in His people in any dispensation. Cf. James 
iv. 4. The effect of her sin is disclosed in the symbolic 
names of the prophet’s children. ‘‘Jezreel’” (i. 4, 5) was 
a reminder not only that God had not condoned the terri- 
ble crime of Jehu (2 Kings x. 1-14), but that all like 
crimes of Israel were remembered. ‘‘Lo-ruhama’”’ (i. 6), 
meaning unpitied, signified that the time of pity and for- 


wiles radi 
oY tise 





yet 


oe Be ait 





PROPHETS: HOSEA. — 133 


bearance was soon to be followed by judgment. ‘‘Lo- 
ammi” (i. 8, 9), ‘‘not my people,” signified that Israel 
should cease to be owned of God as His peculiar people. 
This has been wonderfully fulfilled. It was never said of 
Judah. 7 | 

Then follows the touching promise which assures the 
restoration of Israel and Judah and their reéstablishment 
as the earthly representatives of Jehovah. The student 
will note the inspired interpretation of this passage in 
Romans ix. 24, 25 as having the Jews in view, while 
Romans ix. 26 quotes Hosea ii. 23 as of the conversion of 
the Gentiles. Peter also (1 Peterii. 10) quotes Hosea ii. 
23 as applying to Gentiles. 

Chapter ii., while unsparing in revealing the sin of. Is- 
rael, and her Lord’s grief and horror, is inexpressibly 
touching in its revelation of His unchanging love and 
of his willingness to receive back His sinning spouse. 
She shall again call Him ‘‘Ishi’”—my husband. 

Chapter iii. The symbolic wife is bought back. Then 
follows the wonderful prediction so wonderfully fulfilled 
as to verse 4. Literally fulfilled, be it observed. By 
what rule could verse 5 be made figurative? 


Section II. Chapters iv. to xiii. 13. Here the use of 
figures, except the usual bold metaphors of the writing 
prophets, is abandoned, and in words of great force and 
beauty Jehovah sets forth the specific sins of His people. 
But it is evident that it is the wrath not alone of insulted 
holiness but of outraged tenderness. The language is 
full of unshed tears. Se 


Section III. Chapters xiii. 14 to xiv. 9. The ulti- 
mate conversion and blessing of Israel. ste 

Very soon the predictions of coming judgment were 
fulfilled, and in the lifetime of the last distinctive prophet 
of Israel the Samaritan kingdom was destroyed and the 
tribes carried away to Assyria. Judah is left yet for more 
. than a century and a half, when the same doom befell her. 
A remnant of Judah returned, but Israel still lies hid far 
from the land. 


134 PROPHETS: OBADIAH. 


1. 


LESSON XXX. 
Prophets of Judah Before the Exile. 


OBADIAH. 


THE History OF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


The weight of evidence, mainly internal, seems to fix the 
date of Obadiah’s ministry in the reign of the bloody Atha- 
liah. 2 Kings viii. 16-26; xi. 1-16. 

The contemporary history, however, is of slight moment, 
as the prophet deals entirely with an external power—Edom, 
or Idumea. . 

The Idumeans are descendants of Esau. Gen. xxv. 30; 
xxvii. 38-41; xxxvi. 8; Num. xx. 14-23. Edom had previ- 
ously been the theme of an important prophecy (Num. xxiv. 
17-19), which looks on to the future reign of Messiah as the 
Sceptred One out of Israel. 

The occasion of the prophecy was some confederacy against 
Jerusalem in which Edom took a hostile part. Verses 7-14. 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


Obadiah is the first of the prophets to use the prophetic 
formula, ‘‘the day of the Lord.” As the expression is fre- 
quently used it should be defined. It means: 

A prophetic period, yet to be fulfilled, beginning 
with the return of the Lord in glory, and ending with 
the purgation of the heavens and the earth by fire 
preparatory to the new heavens and the new earth. 
The day of the Lord is preceded by six signs: The 
sending of Elijah (Mal. iv. 5); cosmical disturbances 
(Joel ii. 31; Matt. xxiv. 29); the fancied security of 
the people (1 Thess. v. 1-3); the Apostasy (2. Thess. 
ii, 3; and the revelation of the man of sin (2 Thess. 
ii 1-8). 





esting a. thes re 





PROPHETS : JOEL. 135 


In connection with Obadiah the student should read Isa. 
xxxiv. and also Isa. lxiii. 1-6. 


8. ANALYSIS OF THE Book. 


Section I. Verses1-6. The vision of Edom’s humiliation. 


Section II. Verses 7-14. The crowning sin of Edom. 
The local application of the passage is to Edom's alliance with 
some enemy of Jerusalem in the prophet’s own time. Pre- 
dictively it refers to a like confederacy with Gentile powers 
when they shall be gathered against Jerusalem in the great 
battle referred to in Zech. xiv. 1, 2; Rev. xix. 17-21. 


Section III. Verses 15, 16. The final future visitation 
upon Edom in ‘‘ the day of the Lord.” See Isa. xxxiv; 1xiil. 
1-6. The ‘‘great battle” will be fought on Idumean soil. 


Section IV. Verses 17-21. The inclusion of Edom in 
Messiah’s kingdom—the fulfillment of Num. xxiv. 17-19. 


Pes SCONE 


Prophets of Judah Before the Exile—continuea. 


JOEL. 


1. Tue History oF THE PROPHET’s TIME. 


This is rendered uncertain by the fact that no evidence, in- 
ternal or external, exists by which the date may certainly be 
fixed. The weight of evidence seems to favcr the view that 


136 _ PROPHETS: JOEL. 


vo 


he exercised his ministry during the reign of Joash. (2 Chron. 
xxii., xxiii., xxiv.). However this may be, it is certain that 
his ministry fell within the period of sixty-eight years from the 
accession of Joash to the accession of Uzziah. In his youth 
he may have known Elijah, and he certainly was a contem- 
porary of Elisha (prophets of the ten-tribe kingdom, Israel). 
The student should read 2 Kings xi., xil., xili., xiv., xV., 
2 Chron. xxii-xxv. | 

The occasion of the prophecy. Here, asin the prophecy 
of Obadiah, the Spirit finds in an occurrence of the prophet’s 
own time a suited occasion for the unveiling of far distant 
events. For the sins of the people unprecedented judgments 
had fallen upon the land. But these were but precursors of 
sorer visitations yet to come if evil should be persisted in, and 
so the vision of the prophet goes forward as did that of Oba- 
diah into the ‘‘day of the Lord.”’ 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


Joel, read in connection with Obadiah, illustrates the meth- 
od, not merely of prophecy, but of the Biblical revelation of 
truth of all kinds, viz., progressiveness. Obadiah introduces 
a new element—‘‘the day of the Lord;’’ Joel unfolds and de- 
velops it, as do the prophets who follow him, and the New 
Testament takes up and completes the vision. The different 
books of the Bible are thus bound together, from Genesis to 
Revelation, by the progressive and harmonious development 
of doctrine. The true mark of the early date of a writer is 
not, as the literary critics say, rudeness of style—for a herds- 
man of Tekoa would not in any age write with the elegance 
of a trained scribe—but rudimentary doctrine. 


ANALYSIS OF THE BOOK. 


Section I. i. 1-20. The occasion of the prophecy. Four 
successive plagues of insects—palmerworms, locusts, canker- 
worms and caterpillars—had been sent as chastisements upon 
the people. Verses 4, 6, 7. This was unprecedented, and 
hence a mark of divine displeasure. Verses 1-3. The prophet 
points out the cause in the sin of the people, and the remedy 
in repentance. There is the greater need of this as worse 


a a a 

7 ae a" 
a, a8 a* Pe - 
eel 


a 
me. 
‘ 
= 





Ky ba foo 


*. , 
4. bes om 
| os oe irs 


"he, Fe She) 


Mi, 


Be AE 
| ise 
Sie "Sie eae 


pes 


Me pee “ 


Dad Yul ye 


Ls 
‘@ 





PROPHETS : JOEL. 137 


calamities are impending. This brings into view the day of © 
the Lord. Verse 15. 


Section II. ii. 1-27. The prediction of an invasion (‘‘the 
northern army,” verse 20) as an incident of the day of the 
Lord. ‘(Isa. xiv. 31; xli. 25; Jer. i. 14, 15; etc.) 

The primary reference is to an impending invasion, possi- 
bly that of Hazael, 2 Kings xii. 17, or of one of the later As- 
syrian invasions, but the picture in its fullness of detail is of 
the great and final ‘‘day of the Lord.” The actual Syrian or 
‘Assyrian invasion thus lies in the prophecy, but only as a 
shadow-picture of the more awful day of the Lord. The 
prophet points out (verses 12-17) the way to secure the deliver- 
ance of the Lord in the coming invasion, and this will be also 
an instruction to the Jewish believers in the actual and ultimate 
day of the Lord, when, from the way of the north all nations 
will gather to battle against Jerusalem. Thus the actual in- 
vasion was a true fulfillment of Joel’s prophecy, but-the larger 
and complete fulfillment awaits the final day of the Lord. 


Section III. ii. 28-32. The promise of the outpouring of 
the Spirit. 
_ Here Joel affords an illustration of a prophecy which. has 
precursive and preliminary fulfillments, leaving still a great 
consummative fulfillment to be accomplished. Peter could 
say on the day of Pentecost, ‘‘this is that which was spoken 
by the prophet Joel,” but a reference to the prophecy makes 
it clear that Pentecost was not all of that which was spoken 
by the prophet Joel. 

‘Section IV. iii. 1-21. The true day of the Lord. The 
order of events is: | 


1. The regathering of Judah (not yet of Israel or 
‘‘Hphraim’—the ten tribes) back to Jerusalem. 

mi\enset 1? 

2. The gathering of the nations against Jerusalem. 
By this is meant the armies of the Gentile powers. 
Verses 2, 9-15; Rev. xvii. 12-14; Rev. xix. 17-19. 

8. Whatever political motive may prompt the Gentile 
powers to this gathering of their hosts from the way 
of the north to the valley of Jehoshaphat, the Lord’s 


138 PROPHETS: ISAIAH. 


is 


controversy with them is concerning their treatment 
of His ancient people. Verses 2-8; Gen, xii. 3; xv. 
13, 14; Num. xxiv. 9; Deut. xxx. 5-7; Matt. xxv. 
31-45. 

4. The Deliverer out of Zion. Verses 15, 16; chapter 
ii,: 82;; Obadiah 17; Rom. xi. 26-29; Rev. xix. 
11-16, 19-21. (It appears from a comparison of all 
the prophecies concerning this part of the day of the 
Lord, that with the appearance of the signs described 
in Joelii. 10, 11; iti. 15; Matt. xxiv. 29, 30, the gath- 
ered armies fall back into Moab, where their destruc- 
tion is consummated. Isa. Ixiii. 1-6.) 

5. The millennial blessedness of Israel, with Jehovah- 
Jesus dwelling in Zion. Verses 17-21; Isa. ii. 3, 4. 


LESSON XXXII. 


Prophets of Judah before the Exile.—cContinued. 


ISAIAH. 


Tue Hisrory. OF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


We learn from chapter i., verse 1, that Isaiah prophesied 
within the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz and Hezekiah. 
These reigns, according to the Bible chronology, covered the 
long period of one hundred and eleven years, divided as fol- 
lows: Uzziah fifty-two years, Jotham fourteen, Ahaz sixteen, 
and Hezekiah twenty-nine. 

It is certain from Isaiah vi. 1-13 that Isaiah received his 
prophetic commission in the year of Uzziah’s death. He had 
probably previously, but recently, written chapters i. to v. 
Uzziah was at this time a leper, and Jotham was regent. 2 
Kings xv. 5. (‘‘Azariah” is an alternative spelling of ‘‘Uz- 








PROPHETS: ISAIAH. 139 


ziah.”) It may be said, therefore, that the events of Uzziah’s 
reign do not affect the prophecy directly. Jotham, successor 
of Uzziah, is mentioned but twice in Isaiah (i. 1; vii. 1), 
and it does not appear that Isaiah exerted his prophetic gift 
during that reign. His real activity, therefore, falls within 
the reigns of Ahaz and Hezekiah, and the book is deeply col- 
ored by the history of their times. | 

Ahaz reigned sixteen years, from the death of Jotham to 
his own death, and Hezekiah’s reign of twenty-nine years 
followed. 

The character of Ahaz was utterly bad. He was. an open 
idolater. For this sin the punishment was an invasion by 
Rezin, king of Syria, and Pekah, king of Israel. In this 
strait Ahaz appealed to Tiglath-pileser, king of Assyria, for 
succor, and pillaged the temple treasury of money for a trib- 
ute. Tiglath-pileser accordingly invaded Syria and captured 
Damascus, where he was visited by Ahaz. Upon the return 
of the latter he changed the temple ordinances, and further 
despoiled the house of the Lord. (2 Kings xvi.) 

Hezekiah began well, having an especial zeal against idola- 
try, which he punished and so far as possible extirpated. 
One of his first acts was to break the tributary relation to 
Assyria, which his father had established. This act of rebel- 
lion was followed by the invasion of Judah by Sennacherib, 
king of Assyria. His arms were successful, and Hezekiah in 
alarm asked for terms of peace. These were fixed by the 
conqueror as the restoration of the vassalage asin Ahaz’ time, 
and the payment of an enormous indemnity. To pay this the 
temple was again looted. In spite of this Sennacherib sent a 
great army against Jerusalem. It is evident from the lan- 
guage reported in 2 Kings xviii. 17-25 that Sennacherib had 
become aware of secret negotiations between Hezekiah and 
the king of Egypt; and also that Hezekiah was endeavoring 
to arouse the ancient faith of Judahin God. The whole ques- 
tion of the Egyptian negotiations is obscure, but it is evident 
Isaiah knew of them. It is thus made plain that actual or 
threatened invasions, or on the other hand, alliances with Gen- 
tile powers, were the occasion of the ‘‘burdens” of the differ- 
ent nations in the prophecy. 


140 PROPHETS: ISAIAH. 


‘In the crisis of his danger Hezekiah turned utterly to God. 
Isaiah sent him a reassuring prophecy, in fulfillment of which 
the angel of the Lord smote in one night 185,000 of the Assy- 
rian host and turned back the invasion. ‘Then follows the ac- 
count of the sickness of Hezekiah and his miraculous restoration. 
The king of Babylon took the occasion of this sickness to send 
an embassy with condolences, and Hezekiah was so rash as to 
exhibit to them his treasures, and this was followed by the pre- 
diction of the Babylonian captivity. (2 Kings xviii. to xx. 

2 Chron. xxix, to xxxii.) 

It is evident when we compare the prophecy of Isaiah with 
this history that the history of his own time gave form, under 
the Spirit, to the book. An illustration of this is found in 
chapter vii. 1-14. During the Syrian invasion Isaiah, endeav- 
oring to inspire faith in Ahaz, besought him to ask a sign of 
the Lord. This Ahaz refused to do, whereupon Isaiah Bo 
the great prophecy of verses 13 and 14. 


ANALYSIS OF THE BOOK. 


This is indicated in Isa.i. 1. In other words it should be 
divided by reigns rather than by the subjects treated. The 
analysis is as follows: 


Section I. Chapters i. to v. Under Uzziah. This 
gives the whole case of Jehovah against Judah and Jeru- 
salem. They are rebellious children, a fruitless vine. 
Chastisement has been tried and failed. Now they must 
be devoured. But there is yet a glorious future for 
Judah, and Jerusalem is to be the capital of the future 
kingdom. Meantime judgment and dispersion must fall. 


Section II. Chapter vi. Parenthetic. This section de- 
scribes the experience of Isaiah in the year of the death of 
Uzziah. It taught him his own sinfulness, but led to his 
formal commission as prophet to a people doomed to be 
unrepentant and dispersed. | 

Section III. Chapters vii. to xiv. Under Ahaz. The 
prophet has been silent under Jotham, but now the inva- 
sion under Rezin and Pekah brings out his ministry. He 
is sent to inspire Ahaz with faith. Ahaz refuses the 
evidence upon which his faith might have been estab- 








PROPHETS: ISAIAH. I4!I 


lished, and the mighty prediction concerning the Virgin’s 


Son is uttered. Then follows the sentence upon king 
and land. This doom is set forth in the very name of 


_ the prophet’s second son, Maher-shalal~hash-baz, which 


‘means, ‘‘Speed to the spoil, haste to the prey.” It 


should be noted that the name of Isaiah’s elder son spoke 
of. restoration after judgment—Shear-jashub, ‘‘a rem- 


- nant shall return.” In chapter ix. 6, 7, occurs another 


great Messianic prophecy, timely and full of comfort for 


-such as had faith. The Son given, the Child born, 
should yet sit on David’s throne. This is yet to be ful- 
filled. (John xix. 15.) Chapter x. continues the mingled 


strain of prediction of woe but also of a future restora- 
tion and glory. Thisis the character of the earlier part of 


the prophecy. In chapter xi. it bursts into a marvelous 


picture of the future kingdom’s glory. The order is 
(1) the manifestation of David’s Son; (2) His anointing; 
(3) the character of His rule; (4) the result of His rule; 
(5) the gathering of the Gentiles into it; (6) the regath- 
ering of Israel and Judah (not yet accomplished, for 
Israel did not return under Ezra); (7) peace between 


Israel and Judah. 


This is the kingdom announced by John Baptist as 
‘at hand.” -It was then rejected, but will be set up when 
David’s Son comes in glory. (Acts xv. 15, 16.) Chap- 
ter xii. continues the description, bringing into view the 
songs of converted Israelin the kingdom age. Chapter 
xili., the burden of Babylon. Her victory was to be the 
downfall of Israel, but the prophet foresees her destruc- 


tion in turn. This is in accordance with Gen. xii. 3; 
“Deut. xxx. 7—a permanent principle in God’s dealing 


with the nations. ‘Chapter xiv. continues.the same bur- 


deni; and closes with a warning that the death of Ahaz 


must not be hailed ah the. sd oe as the end of their 


~ troubles. 


Section IV. Gtiaptels xv. to lxvi. Written under Heze- 


» kiah.: This section divides as follows: 


>" Part 1. Chapters xv. toxxxv. The great ‘‘bur- 
' dens” and ‘‘woes.”’ As the student will see these are 


142 


PROPHETS: ISATAH. 


chiefly prophecies concerning nations who have 
afflicted or will afflict Israel, but interspersed with 
comforting assurances for theremnant. It should be 
remarked that in the prophets the nation is distin- 
guished from the remnant; the latter being the 
spiritually minded or true Israelitish believers at 
any period (¢. g., Isa. i. 9; Rom. xi. 2-5). In the 
Old Testament predictions, however, the remnant 
refers (1) to those who returned from the Babylonian 
captivity; (2) to those who shall turn to Messiah from 
among Israel after the rapture of saints (1 Thess. 
iv. 14-16), and be found by Him when He shall 
return in glory. These will have suffered awfully 
during that time, a full half enduring martyrdom, 
and the survivors are the ‘‘brethren” of Matt. xxv. 
40, 46. The comforting assurances of this part of 
Isaiah refer to the future glory of the kingdom. 

Part 2. Chapters xxxvi. to xxxix. This part of 
Section IV deals with the history of that part of 
Hezekiah’s reign which has to do with the invasion 
of Sennacherib, the appeal to Jehovah, and the victory 
of the Lord. Particulars are added as to a sickness 
of Hezekiah. The part closes with a curt prediction 
of the Babylonian captivity. (xxxix. 5-8.) 

Part 3. Chapters xl. to Ixvi. This is the loftiest 
strain of prophecy. It is asif Jehovah, just in the 
moment when His vine Israel is to be cast out and 
the nations to trample it underfoot, wills to unveil 
the glory of the future of Jacob. The point of view 
is the millennial glory of the kingdom. The key-text 
of this passage is liv. 7. But this brings in Messiah, 
not so much as king, but more as the servant of Je- 
hovah, through whom the glory of Israel is to be 
established. The great theme, then, of this section 
is Messiah, servant of Jehovah. The student should 
follow this Messianic line, noting as being subordi- 
nate in importance what is said of Israel or the nations. 
Note carefully in a reference Bible fulfilled passages, 
Instance: Luke iv. 16-21 with Isaiah lxi. 1, 2. Ob- 








is 


PROPHETS: MICAH. 143 


serve where Jesus suspended the reading-—at the 
comma in the middle of Isa. lxi. 2. The first ad- 
vent, therefore, opened the day of grace, but does 
not fulfill the day of vengeance. That will be taken 
up when Messiah returns. Matt. xxv. 31-46. That 
distinction runs through all this section. There is a 
two-fold account of the Coming Servant. He is rep- 
resented as weak, despised, rejected, slain; and also as 
a mighty conqueror taking vengeance on the nations 
and restoring Israel. The former class of passages 
relate to the first advent, the latter to the second. 
The following may serve as illustrative passages: 


First ADVENT. SECOND ADVENT. 
2 teh xl. 10. 
MIT boo Txt. }=4, 


This section contains the fullest prophetic account 
of Messiah’s vicarious death. _ liii. 


LESSON XXXIII. 


Prophets of Judah before the Exile.—continued, 


MICAH. 


Tue HISTORY OF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


Micah was a contemporary of Isaiah, and, so far as Judah 
is concerned, nothing need be added to what was said in Les- 
son XXXII., but the prophet tells us (i. 1) that the word of 
the Lord that came to him concerned Samaria also, and it is 
necessary to glance at the condition of the other kingdom. 
During the long reign of Uzziah in Jerusalem the rival king- 
dom was the scene of constant confusion and violence. At 
the time of Uzziah’s death the throne of Israel was occupied 


144 PROPHETS: MICAH. 


- by Pekahiah, son of Menahem, a military usurper who had 
reigned ten years. After a reign of two years Pekahiah was 
assassinated by Pekah, son of a captain named Remaliah, and 
Pekah ascended the throne. He reigned twenty years, a con- 
temporary with Jotham, king of Judah. This, it will be re- 
membered, was.the period of Isaiah’s silence. Pekah’s reign 
was troubled by the invasion of Tiglath-pileser, who harried 
the land beyond Jordan and, crossing, carried away Naphtali 
and the people of Galilee into Assyria. 

Pekah, the assassin, was in turn assassinated by Hoshea, who 
thus came to the throne. It was Pekah, it will be remem- 
bered, who confederated with Rezin of Syria to make war on 
Judah, Ahaz then being on that throne. Hoshea reigned 
over Israel nine years, a contemporary of Ahaz and in part of 
Hezekiah. Hisreign endedin the Assyrian captivity of Israel, 
a captivity from which the ten tribes have never returned. 
Micah therefore prophesied during the last troubles of the 
rival kingdom. 


2. GENERAL REMARKS. 


Having in mind the history the student will find the proph- 
ecy perfectly simple. It calls for no extended remarks. 


3. ANALYSIS OF THE BOOK. 


Section I. Chapters i. to iii. Jehovah’s case against idol- 
-atrous and fallen Israel and Judah, with predictions of the 
captivities. eg 
Section II. Chapters iv. to vii. The prophecy of the final 
establishment of the kingdom notwithstanding the failure and 
dispersion of Israel. This section divides as follows: 


Part 1. Chapter iv. 1-8. The general predictions 
concerning the kingdom to be set up. In Scripture a 
mountain is the symbol of a great earth power; hills of 
smaller powers. The prediction asserts (1) the ultimate 
establishment of the kingdom, with Jerusalem for the 
capital; (2) its universality; (3) its character—peace; 
(4) its effect—prosperity. | 

Part 2. Chapter iv. 9,10. The intervening Babylo- 
nian captivity. 


ad The 

het. ete 
or 
in ie 
~*i 


reac Fanart te 


“ 


ooo ay” we 
an oo 





ok Stata 


reir er 4 
> 





PROPHETS: NAHUM, HABAKKUK. > wWA45 


Part 3. Chapteriv. 11-13. Looks forward to the gath- 
ering of the nations against Jerusalem during the ‘‘great 
tribulation” which immediately precedes the glorious 
appearing of Messiah. See Zech. xiv. 1-3; Rev. xix. 
17-21, etc. 

Part 4. Chapterv. 1-15. The victory over the nations 
through the Ruler out of Bethlehem. This brings in 
that great Messianic prophecy. v. 2-4. 

Part 5. Chapters vi. to viii. The long years of wan- 
dering and woe to come upon Israel foretold and justified; 
closing with a promise to perform the truth spoken to 
Abraham in the final possession of the land. 


LESSON XXXIV. 


Prophets of Judah Before the Exile.—continued. 


NAHUM. 


This prophecy is ‘‘the burden of Nineveh,” and foretells its 
destruction with vivid detail. It was written about one hundred 
years before that event, which conformed so literally to the de- 
scription of the prophet that the fulfillment is one of the most 
unanswerable proofs of inspiration. It will be remembered that 
Nineveh had been the scene of the prophetic ministry of Jonah, 
probably about one hundred years before Nahum wrote. 


HABAKKUK. 


1. Tue History or THE PROPHET’sS TIME, 


It seems most probable that Habakkuk Eraatiesied.i in the 
latter years of Josiah. Nothing is known of the prophet.. 


146 PROPHETS: ZEPHANIAH. 


2. 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


In this brief book of the unknown prophet prophecy reaches 
its sublimest strain. It has been questioned whether it did 
“not in strictness belong with the poetical books. The chief 
distinction between Habakkuk and the other prophets of the 
decadence is that they are more cccupied with the righteous 
claims of Jehovah in government, he with Jehovah Himself. 
This is the key. Chastisement is to fall—that is the general 


- burden of pre-exilic prophecy—but Habakkuk witnesses to the 


3. 


sp 


moral glory of Jehovah. Perhaps Judah carried this book 
into their captivity as a safeguard against both idolatry and 
pantheism. : 

ANALYSIS OF THE BooK. 


Habakkuk has no distinct structural lines. It is exalted, 
sententious, a chant and prayer. 


Note. The student should especially observe: 
1. What is said of God. 
2. The great doctrinal sayings, ¢.g., ii. 4, 14. 


LESSON XXXV. 


Prophets of Judah Before the Exile.—continuea. 


ZEPHANIAH. 


Tue History OF THE PROPHET’sS TIME. 


Hezekiah was succeeded on the throne of Judah by his son 
Manasseh, whose long reign of fifty-five years began in apos- 
tasy and shameless idolatry—even the temple having been 
turned into an idol house. For this profanation God brought 
the Assyrian upon the land, and Manasseh was captured and 
taken to Babylon. There he humbled himself before God, 


at, 8) 


bef 


ry Psat 
a ie ‘ . 
ete 2 r aon Meniee, 


» Monti 
CBOE EG 3 


he She ~ 


paren’, 


risine 





IM ee ates Ue 
pa R Ye kobe rd co 


ae es 


a 


é 





2. 


PROPHETS: ZEPHANIAH. 147 


recovered his liberty and redscended the throne. His reign 
after his imprisonment was according to godliness. 

He was succeeded by Amon, his son, a godless idolater, who 
was assassinated after two years, and Josiah, the son of Amon, 
succeeded. He reigned thirty-eight years over Judah. His 
reign was distinguished by a thorough reformation. Himself 
a deeply pious man, he used all his authority for the extirpa- 
tion of idolatry and the restoration of the worship of Jehovah. 
The high places were broken down; the temple purged and 
repaired; the law of Moses reinstated, and a Passover kept. 
For this the word of the Lord came to him through a proph- 
etess, Huldah, promising personal favor, but Fsconalausls also 
the approaching captivity of Judah. 

During this reign Zephaniah prophesied. He was a con- 
temporary of Jeremiah, who appears, however, to have sur- 
vived him. 


GENERAL REMARKS, _ 
The prophecy takes its form from the impending desolation 


of Jerusalem, points out the moral state which necessitated it, 
and then pictures the final exaltation of Israel in the kingdom 
age. The expression ‘‘day of the Lord” reappears. The im- 
pending captivity is for Judah a true day of the Lord, but it 
is only a picture or illustration of the final day of the Lord. 


3. 


ANALYSIS OF THE BOOK. 


SectionI. Chapter i.1toii.3. The description of the day 
of the Lord to be fulfilled in the coming invasion and Baby- 
lonian captivity, but adumbrating the final day of the Lord. 
It is touching and instructive to note the hope of personal 
immunity held out to the meek and repentant in Judah. 
ii. 1-3. | 
Section II. Chapter ii. 4-15. Predictions of wrath upon 
certain peoples. These predictions have been fulfilled with 
astonishing literalness. When they were uttered Nineveh 
was apparently as stable in her power and grandeur as Lon- 
don is now. 


148 PROPHETS: JEREMIAH. 


Section III. Chapter iii. 1-7. The moral state which justi- 


fied the chastisement about to. fall 


Section IV. Chapter iii. 8-20. The blessedness of Israel in 
the millennium. That the partial restoration of Judah from 
the Babylonian captivity is notin view here (at least primarily) 


_ is shown by verse 15. Three things are said: ‘‘The king of 


Israel, even the Lord, is in the midst of thee;’’ He ‘‘hath 
taken away thy judgments;”’ ‘‘thou shalt not see evil any more.” 

The theocracy was not reéstablished after the return from 
Babylon; Judah’s sorest judgments followed that return, and 
she has seen little but evil since. It is the kingdom which 
comes into view in this part. 


LESSON? XA AY & 


Prophets of Judah Before the Exile.—cContinued. 


Ae 


JEREMIAH. 


Tue History OF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


Jeremiah began his ministry in the thirteenth year of Josiah 
(i. 2) and exercised it for rather more than forty years. If, as 
tradition asserts, Isaiah died during the first part of the reign 
of Manasseh, the son of Hezekiah, then Jeremiah’s ministry 
began about sixty years after the great evangelical prophet’s 
death. Josiah was the great grandson of Hezekiah, Isaiah’s 
good king. Zephaniah and Habakkuk were contemporaries 
of Jeremiah’s earlier ministry. Jeremiah is commonly classed 
with the exilic prophets, but the greater part of his prophecy 
was uttered and reduced to writing before the exile. As he 
also prophesied during the earlier years of the exile, he may 
be regarded as connecting the group of pre-exile prophets 


we y a” 
& era 6 
ke eee 7 
4 egeh i é <a 
“thiol ST REPRE OA 

Pee Pe — o. 

AOA ES 
, @: ; 


wear ANSiiae a pe Te 


ne, 


Pre neeruiMey An. ie. 6 Nealon kee 


2 : % } Mr. 
' ite ? y : , ; ' 2 " ow: 
bast : pee Ses As 1 : See lr 
wy Le i 





het. $ 


+ hd Seg 
oe de” ees 


PPR. 





PROPHETS: JEREMIAH. 149 


with Ezekiel and Daniel, distinctively the prophets of the exile. 
It was Jeremiah’s hard lot to be God’s chief spokesman to 
Judah during the reigns of the last five kings of Judah—Josiah, 
Jehoahaz, Jehoiakim, Jehoiachin and Zedekiah. After the 
death of Josiah the kingdom hastened to its end. Necho’s 
victory over Josiah at Carchemish reduced Judah to practical 
vassalage to Egypt; but about twelve years later Nebuchad- 
nezzar took Jerusalem and began the deportation which ended 
in the complete captivity of Judah eleven years after. A few 
of the poorest were left in the land, and among these Jere- 
miah pursued his ministry until they went, against the divine 
warnings, into Egypt, whither he followed them, and where 
he probably died early in the seventy years’ Babylonian 


_ captivity of Judah. 


GENERAL REMARKS, 


The distinction between what was local and personal and 
what is permanent and far-reaching is usually more obvious 


_ in Jeremiah than in any of the other prophets. In Isaiah, as 


we have seen, these elements are intimate and, to the undis- 
criminating eye, blended. He leaps at once, for example, 
from exhorting an idolatrous king, to the utterance of a great 
Messianic prediction. In Jeremiah the transition is not so 


_ abrupt. 


. ANALYSIS OF THE BOOK, 


It has often been remarked that structural analysis of Jere- 
miah is difficult, if not impossible. The analysis is moral, 
rather than structural, for the order of arrangement is not 
even chronological. The moral order is, however, evident. 


1. The prophet rebukes the sins of Judah. No one is 
spared. Itis shown that kings, priests and false prophets 
are equally guilty and that they have conspired to corrupt 
God’s people. The prophet recurs to this again and 
again. 

2. He details the persecutions which his faithful warn- 
ings bring upon him, because this demonstrates the truth 
of his testimony as to Judah’s declension. He is God’s 
voice, but they will not hear and repent. In the same 


150 


PROPHETS: JEREMIAH. 


way the presence of Christ tested the moral state of the 
Israel of His day. ) 

3. He pleads in the name of God with Judah to 
return. Harlot as she is, the Holy One will receive her 
back. . 

4. But her heart is wholly turned away from the Lord, 
and nothing is left but to open His counsels as to the 
future. These are three-fold: 

a. A near invasion and captivity to last seventy 
years. 

6b. The predictions of the restoration at the end 
of the seventy years are mingled with more ex- 
tended and graphic predictions of another restor- 
ation from a world-wide dispersion. This second 
dispersion, which as we now know was accom- 
plished in the year 70 A. D., is not distinctly 
foreseen by the prophet, though he does see the 
final and permanent restoration. Chapter xxix. 
10, for example, foretells the end of the seventy 
years, and is immediately followed by a passage 
which refers to the final regathering. Verses 
14-18. . 

c. The final restoration is shown to be accom- 
plished after a period of unexampled tribulation 
(e. g.. xxx. 3-10) and. in connection with the 
manifestation of David’s righteous Branch, who 
is also Jehovah-Tsidkenu (¢. g., xxili. 3-8). 

5. Then, because Gentile powers have persecuted the 
Israelites and violated the land, a persecution and viola- 
tion which are to have their final and fiercest fullness in 


the days of the tribulation, prophecies are added as to the 


doom of retribution which awaits them. These predic- 


tions are of a fulfillment partly continuous through the 


whole ‘‘times of the Gentiles” (which began with Neb- 
uchadnezzar and will end with the restoration of Israel 
and the setting up of Messiah’s kingdom), for history 
proves a continuous retribution upon the nation which 
persecutes dispersed Israel, but in the full sense are to be 
‘accomplished when the Lord returns. 


i 








1. 


2. 


PROPHETS: EZEKIEL. I5I 


II. The Exile Prophets. 


LESSON XXXVII. 


EZEKIEL. 


HIsTory OF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


We now follow Judah out of the land and into the Baby- 
lonian captivity. Much light is thrown upon this part of the 
story of Israel by the books of Esther, Ezra, Nehemiah and 
the narrative parts of Daniel. Ezekiel was a priest and he 
received his prophetic ministry ‘‘in the land of the Chaldeans, 
by the river Chebar.’”” From i. 1 it is evident that his min- 
istry began in the thirtieth year of his age. A new generation 
born during the exile, and the coming to maturity of those 
who were children during the closing years of the monarchy, 
required a fresh testimony. He was a captive priest, and 
prophesied during the captivity. 

GENERAL REMARKS. 

The student should note: 


1. The method of Ezekiel’s prophecy, viz., by vision, 
chiefly, and by symbolic acts. It will be at once recalled — 
that this also is the method of Daniel and of the Revela- 
tion. It thus appears to be God’s way of communicating 
with His chosen people when they are out of the land. 

2. The scope of Ezekiel’s prophecy. Unlike the pre- 
exilic prophets of Judah and of the ten-tribe kingdom, 
Ezekiel is the voice of Jehovah to ‘‘the whole house of 
Israel.’”’ The pre-exilic division into ‘‘Judah” and ‘‘Is- 
rael” is, indeed, recognized (¢. g., xxxvii. 16-22), but he 
is God’s voice to the whole nation. Speaking broadly, 
the purpose of his ministry is to keep before Israel, 
especially in view of the coming on of a generation born 
in exile, the national sins which had brought national 


152 


3. 


PROPHETS: EZEKIEL. 


destruction first upon the ten-tribe kingdom and then 
upon Judah; to sustain the faith and courage of the cap- 
tives by predictions of national restoration and glory 
under the Davidic monarchy; and to bear witness to the 
sure doom of their oppressors. 


ANALYSIS OF THE Book. 


The prophecy of Ezekiel is in seven great prophetic strains 


indicated by the expression, ‘‘The hand of the Lord was 
upon me.’ 


Section I. i. 3 toiii, 13. The preparation and com- 
mission of the prophet. The vision of chapter 1.. 4-28 
had for its object the destruction of self-confidence in the 
prophet. See Isa. vi. 1-5; Rev, i. 17. The ‘‘living 
creatures” are identical with the cherubim, The subject 
is somewhat obscure, but from the position of the cheru- 
bim at the gate of Eden, upon the ark of the covenant, 
and in Rev. iv., it is clearly gathered that they have to 
do with the holiness of God in His dealings with men. 
The cherubim are not identical with the seraphim. 
(Isa. vi. 2-7.) The cherubim appear to have to do with 
the holiness of God as outraged by sin; the seraphim 
with uncleanliness in the people of God. The passage 
in Ezekiel is highly figurative, but the effect was the reve- 
lation of the glory of the Lord. The section falls into 
three divisions: 


a. i. 3-28. The revelation of the glory. 
b. ii. 1, 2. The filling with the Spirit. 
c. ii. 3 toiii. 18. The prophetic commission. 


Gaesicn Il. iii. 14-21. The commission as watchman 


as , a the prophet’ s silence. 


Section III. iti. 22 to vii. 27. The prophet’s second 


vision of the glory; his dumbness. iii. 22-27. Symbolic 


actions reminding Israel of past sufferings and wickedness, 
with words describing the calamities visited upon them 
because of sin. iv. 1 to vii. 27. But while the primary 


_ meaning is retrospective, there is also a forward glance to 
_the final siege and dispersion, A. D, 70. 


ne ay 


( - ir Tee ey 
ces DAR Dy tnt. 
r’ mely oe ee ee 








PROPHETS: EZEKIEL. 153 


Section IV. viii. 1 to xxxiii. 20. This section falls 
into the following divisions: 


1. Former profanations of the temple shown to 
the prophet, thus justifying to the new gener- 
ation the present national chastisement. viii. 1 
tOrEt, 2: 


2. The pleading of the prophet for the sparing 
of the remnant, and the promise of Jehovah to 
be ‘‘a little sanctuary” to them in the lands of 
their captivity, and ultimately to restore them. 
xi. 13-21. 

Further declarations as to the past sins of 
Samaria and Jerusalem (e. g., xxxiii. 16), the 
consequent punishment, and instructions in 
righteousness to the elders of Israel. xi. 22 to 
XXIV. 27. 

4. The judgments foretold upon Ammon, Moab, 
Philistia, Tyre, Sidon and Egypt for sins against 
Israel. xxv. 1 to xxxii. 32. In this passage 
there is also a reference to the day of the Lord, 
and it is safe to say that the ultimate and com- 
plete fulfillment awaits that great and awful 
day, when the nations shall again make the 
East their battle-ground. 

5. Assurances of Jehovah’s mercy to the repent- 
ant in Israel. xxxiil. 1-20. 


fs: 


Section V. xxxiil. 21 toxxxvi. 38. This great strain, 
though filled with the holy wrath of Jehovah against the 
faithless shepherds of Israel, yet rises to the sublimest 
heights of assurance and comfort. The shepherd had 
proved faithless and scattered the flock, but now Jehovah 
will set up a shepherd, ‘‘my servant David.” (xxxiv. 23, 
24.) The mention of David is a reference to the Davidic 
covenant and to the Seed of David, the Messiah. Con- 
nect 2 Sam. vii. 16 with Psa. Ixxxix. 20-36; Isa. vii. 13, 
14; ix. 6, 7; xi. 1-12; Jer. xxiii. 2-7; Ezek. xxxvii. 21-28; 
Hosea iii. 4, 5; Luke 1. 30-33; Acts ii. 29-31; xv. 14-17. 
From these passages it will be seen (1) that the future 


154 


PROPHETS: EZEKIEL, 


blessing of Israel is connected with Messiah, David’s son 
and heir; (2) that the rejection of Jesus did not thwart 
nor defeat this purpose, since the passages in-Acts declare 
that He was raised from the dead to sit on David’s throne, 
and that He will ‘‘return”’ for that purpose after the pres- 
ent work of visiting the Gentiles to call out a people is 
complete; (3) that the restoration spoken of does not refer 
to the return of a feeble remnant of Judah at the close of 
seventy years of Babylonish captivity, for it is a restor- 
ation from all nations. The passage therefore points 
forward to the Davidic or millennial kingdom. 

Section VI. xxxvii. 1 to xxxix. 29. The vision of the 
valley of dry bones. xxxvii. Having announced the res- 
toration of the nation, Jehovah now gives in vision, and 
symbol, the method of its accomplishment. Verse 11 
gives the clue. The ‘‘bones” are the whole house of Israel 
who shall then be living. The ‘‘graves” are the nations 


‘where they dwell. The order of proceedure is, (1) the 


bringing of the people out; (2) the bringing of them in; 
(8) their conversion; (4) the filling of the Spirit. Verses 
11-14. The symbol follows. The two sticks are Judah 
and the ten tribes; united, they are one nation. ‘Then 
follows (verses 21-27) the plain declaration as to Jehovah’s 
purpose, and verse 28 indicates that then the heathen will 
be converted. ‘This is also the order of Acts xv. 16, 17. 
Then follows (xxxviii. to xxxix. 24) the doom of ‘‘Gog, 
the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and 
Tubal.” That the primary reference is to the northern 
(European) powers, probably headed up by Russia, all 
agree, ‘The whole passage should be read in connection 
with Zech. xiv. 1-9; xii. 1-4; Matt. xxiv. 14-30; Rev. 
xiv. 14-20; xix. 17-21. The section closes with the vision 
of restored Israelin her own land. xxxix. 25-29. 
section VII. xl. 1 to xlviii. 35. This section describes 
the land of Canaan during the kingdom or millennial age; 
the temple, worship and division of the land among the 
tribes. For the first time the whole extent of territory 
covenanted to Abraham's seed comes into possession. 





te 
ot) pee Fs 
le” Ae 


ind 


a 





F. 


PROPHETS: DANIEL. 155 


LESSON XXXVIII. 


The Exile Prophets.—continued. 


DANIEL. 


HIsTorRY OF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


Daniel, like Ezekiel, was a child of the captivity. He was 
of royal or princely descent (i. 3), and for his rank and comeli- 
ness appointed to be trained for palace service. From that 
time to his death in the third year of Cyrus he lived, in the 
polluted atmosphere of an oriental court, a life of singular 
piety, spirituality and usefulness. That Daniel was really 
written by its reputed author is not only asserted again and 
again in the book, but is afirmed by our Lord. Matt. xxiv. 
15. He was a contemporary of Jeremiah, of Joshua, the high 
priest of the restoration, and of Zerubbabel. The personal 
history of the prophet, and so much of the stirring events of 
his day as concerns the student of Holy Writ, appears in the 
course of the narrative. 


GENERAL REMARKS. 


The book of Daniel is the indispensable introduction to New 
Testament prophecy. The burden of the latter is the apostasy 
of the last days, the manifestation of anti-Christ, the great 
tribulation which immediately precedes the return of the 
Lord, the resurrections and the judgments. All these sub- 
jects, except the first, are treated in Daniel. In addition his 
prophecy covers the entire period of Gentile supremacy in the | 
earth from Nebuchadnezzar to the final destruction of Gentile 
domination and the setting up of the Davidic or millennial 
kingdom. 

Thus Daniel stands alone among the prophets in having for 
his principal and central theme the course of Gentile, or world 
history. In the other prophets the Gentile is mentioned only 


156 PROPHETS: DANIEL. 


as incidental to something concerning Israel. Daniel gives 
the course of Gentile domination, its character and end. 

It should never be forgotten that the sphere of prophecy 
concerning political changes is that part of the earth an- 
ciently included in the Roman empire. 


3. ANAZLYSiS OF THE BOOK. 


Section I. Chapter i. 1-21. Introduction. The personal 
history of Daniel. 


Section {I. Chapters. 1 to 111. 30. The monarchy-colossus 
vision of IWebuchadnezzar and its results. This section is 
divided as fullows: 


Part 1. The forgotten dream and the failure of as- 
trologica! jnd magical interpretation. i. 1-12. 

Part 2. ‘The revelation of the matter to Daniel. 1. 
26. ee 

Part 3, ‘The vision and its interpretation. 1. 27-45. 

(1) The head of gold. Nebuchadnezzar and his 
univetsal monarchy. The student will note that 
itis the God of heaven who has taken the sceptre 
from the apostate Davidic line and put it into 
Gentile hands. Now begin the ‘‘times of the 
Gentiles,’ which are to run ‘‘until the times of 
the Gentilus be fulfilled.” (Luke xxi. 24.) From 
such passages as Acts xv. 14, 15 and Rom. x1. 
25, 26 it is apparent that the ‘‘times of the Gen- 
tiles” run watil the body of Christ, the church, is 
complete, when ‘‘the Deliverer out of Zion” ap- 
pears to set. up the Davidic monarchy. 

(2) The breast and armsof silver. The ‘‘kingdom 
inferior” to Nebuchadnezzar, the Medo-Persian 
domination, which followed that of Nebuchad- 
nezzar. 

(3) The belly and thighs (‘‘sides”’) of brass. The 
Grecian rule ‘‘over all the earth” under Alexan- 
der the Great. 

(4) The legs of iron. The fourth universal mon- 
archy, the Roman; ‘‘strong as iron: forasmuch 
as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all 








PROPHETS: DANIEL. 157 


things.” The student will observe that more 
details are given of the last form of Gentile 
world-domination than of the others. This, be- 
cause itis the last. There is, first of all, division 
into two. So Rome was divided into the eastern 
empire, with the capital at Constantinople, and 
the western, with the capital at Rome. Then 
there is further division into many kingdoms, as 
the toes. Next there is deterioration, the feet 
and toes being part iron and part brittle (not 
‘‘miry’’) clay. ‘There isin it the strength of iron 
(absolutism) mingled but not unified with clay 
(fickle popular elements in government), so that 
the toe-form into which, by division after division, 
the once centralized Roman power falls, is not 
only weaker by reason of division, but also by 
reason of the lack of coherency of the executive 
and representative elements of modern govern- 
ments. Most noteworthy of all, however, is the 
fact that this divided and iron-clay form is not 
followed by recovery into brass, silver and golden 
forms, but goes on to the catastrophe and de- 
‘struction which precedes the setting up of the 
kingdom of heaven. 

(5) Thestonecut out without hands. Jesus Christ 
at His appearing in glory. Observe, the end is 
not by absorption and peaceful extension, but by 
catastrophe and destruction. Gentile domina- 
tion ends in a crash. Afterward the stone 
(Christ) grows into a great mountain (world- 
power) and fills the earth. ii. 31-45. 

Part 4. The pride of Nebuchadnezzar. Chapters ii. 
46 to iii. 30. This part needs no special comment. 


Section III. Chapter iv. The tree vision and its result. 
This part is self-explanatory. 
Section IV. Chapter v. The pride of Belshazzar. 


Section V. Chapter vi. The history of Daniel carried 
through to the accession of Cyrus. 


158 PROPHETS: DANIEL. 


Section VI. Chapter vii. The beast vision of Daniel. This 
Tepeats, with added details, the story of Nebuchadnezzar’s 
vision of the monarchy-colossus. It is the story of the four 
universal Gentile monarchies told again. The characteristic 
difference is, that the colossus vision gives the outward seeming 
of the successive world-powers; the beast vision their char- 
acter. Authority vested in the Gentile is rapacious, selfish, 
cruel. The history of the world since Nebuchadnezzar is a 
history of wars. An ocean of human blood has been shed. 
The national symbol of every world-power to-day is a beast or 
bird of prey. 

The ‘‘great sea’ is, in Scripture imagery, always a symbol 
of the mass of mankind; (1) the lion-like beast, Nebuchad- 
nezzar (the ‘‘head of gold” of chapter ii.); (2) the bear beast, 
Medo-Persia; (3) the leopard beast, the Grecian power of 
Alexander, divided into ‘‘four heads” after his death; (4) the 
beast with iron teeth; here is the last, or Roman, world- 
power again. As in the case of the colossus vision, the 
greater part of the beast vision and of its interpretation is 
given to Rome and what comes of Rome. [Roman civil 
power, not the papacy.] As the colossus had ten toes, 
so the fourth beast has ten horns. These are explained in 
verse 24 to be ‘‘ten kings that shall arise.”’ Much ingenuity 
has been expended in identifying the ten (toes—horns) frag- 
ments of the former Roman empire. ‘This is useless, as the 
prophecy still awaits its fulfillment. It was not fulfilled at 
Christ’s first advent, for the Roman power was not then di- 
vided at all. Even the preliminary division into East and 
West had not taken place. But the image vision requires 

that the smiting of the Stone without hands shall be upon the 
feet; just as, in the beast vision, the ten-horn form is followed 
by the kingdom of the Ancient of Days. The ten kings meant 
by the toes and horns are therefore future kings who are to 
rule over the sphere anciently dominated by Rome, at the time 
when the Stone. shall smite and the kingdom of ‘‘the saints of 
the Most High shall be set up.” ‘‘A blind man ought to see 
that the action of the Stone is judgment, not grace. The 
times of the Gentiles end in wrath and ruin, and there suc- 
ceeds them the visible kingdom of God.” (Prof. W. G. Moore- 








PROPHETS: DANIEL. 6159 


head.) (5) The ‘‘little horn,” verses 8, 24-26, is an eleventh 
king, who shall rise among the ten and overcome three of 
them. This ‘“‘little horn” is the terrible being described by 
Paul (2 Thess. ii. 1-10) and by John (Rev. xiii. 1-8). It is he 
who, after overcoming three of the ten horns (kings) of Dan. 
Vii., is received as emperor by the others, thus reviving the 
Roman or fourth beast dominion in a federate form, as we 
learn from Revelation, and who, sitting ‘‘in the temple of God, 
showing himself that he is God,’ according to 2 Thess. ii. 4, 
becomes thus the ‘‘abomination of desolation spoken of by 
Daniel, the prophet,’”’ of Dan. xi. 31 and xii. 11, and of Matt. 
xxiv. 15. (6) This ‘‘little horn,” ‘‘man of sin,” ‘‘beast out of 
the sea,” prevails until the ‘‘Ancient of Days’ comes, ‘‘and the 
time that the saints possess the kingdom.” (Verses 21-27.) 

. Section VII. Chapter viii. The ram and rough goat vision. 
This is interpreted in verses 21-25. The ram having two 
horns is the Medo-Persian power; the rough goat, Alexander 
the Great. Out of the four kingdoms into which his empire 
was divided—the four ‘‘notable horns” of verse 8—arises 
another ‘‘little horn,” not at all identical with the ‘‘little 
horn” of chapter vii. As he is called by the same name, how- 
ever, it is permittted to see in this second ‘‘little horn’’ who 
has risen out of the fragments of Alexander’s empire, a pre- 
cursor and adumbration of the last terrible ‘‘little horn” of 
Dan. vii., 2 Thess. ii. and Rev. xili. This ‘‘little horn” of 
chapter viii. was Antiochus Epiphanes, B. C. 175, the pitiless 
scourge of Israelin the heroic period of the Maccabees, and 
the first ‘‘abomination of desolation in the holy place.” He 
entered the temple, sacrificed a sow on the altar and profaned 
the sanctuary. That this could not have been the final deso- 
lator of Dan. xii. 11 1s proved by our Lord’s words in Matt. 
xxiv. 15, for our Lord spoke at least two hundred years after 
Antiochus Epiphanes had fulfilled Dan. viii. 11-13. 

Section VIII. Chapterix. The prayer of Daniel and the 
vision of the seventy weeks. These are weeks of years; 
seventy weeks of seven yearseach. Within these ‘‘weeks” the 
national chastisement must be ended and the nation reéstab- 
lished in everlasting righteousness. Verse 24. The seventy 
weeks are divided into seven, sixty-two, one. Verses 25-27. 


160 PROPHETS: DANIEL. 


1. In the seven weeks—forty-nine years—Jerusalem 
was to be rebuilt in ‘‘troublous times.” This was fulfilled, 
as Ezra and Nehemiah record. © 

2. Sixty-two weeks—four hundred and _ thirty-four 
years thereafter—Messiah was to be cut off. This was 
fulfilled in the crucifixion of Christ. This, in turn, was 
followed by the destruction of Jerusalem. From that 
event on to the end wars are determined. (See also 
Matt. xxiv. 6, 7.) 

3. Verse 27 deals with the last week. The ‘‘he” of 
verse 27% is the ‘“‘prince that shall come” of verse 26, 
whose people (Rome) destroyed the temple, A. D. 70. 
He is the same with the ‘‘little horn” of chapter vii. 
(See Section VI, above.) He will covenant with the Jews 
to restore their temple sacrifices for seven years, but in the 
middle of that time he will break the covenant and fulfill 
Dan. xii. 11; 2 Thess. ii. 3,4. Between the sixty-ninth 
week, when Messiah was cut off, and the seventieth week, 
when the “‘little horn” of chapter vii., the ‘‘man of sin” 
of 2 Thess. ii., and ‘‘beast out of the sea” of Rev. xiii., 
will run. his awful course, intervenes this entire church 
age. Itis a parenthesis not seen by the Old Testament 
prophets. Eph. iii. 1-10. Just when the seventieth week 
will begin to run is not known. It is identical with the 
‘“oreat tribulation,” Matt. xxiv. 15-28; ‘time of trouble,” 
Dan. xii. 1; ‘“‘hour of temptation,” Rev. iii. 10. 


Section IX. Chapterx. Daniel and the vision of the glory. 


Section X. Chapters xi. to xii. The spirit of prophecy here 
returns to that which more immediately concerned Daniel and 
his royal masters—the near future of the empire in-which he 
was so great a personage. . Three kings were yet to follow in 
Medo-Persia. Then should come Alexander, the ‘mighty 
king” of Grecia. Verses 2,3. His empire should:be divided 
into four, as already predicted. The troublous course of 
affairs in the distintegrated Alexandrian empire is then traced 
down to verse 21. Here we have Antiochus Epiphanes, the 
‘little horn’ of chapter viil., again down to verse 36. His 

pollution of the sanctuary is again mentioned. From verse 36 








PROPHETS: HAGGAI. 161 


the interpretation is of the final ‘‘little horn,” ‘‘man of sin,” 
‘‘beast out of the sea.” After his profanation of the sanctuary 
he puts his palace in Jerusalem. xi. 45. The great tribula- 
tion follows, xii. 1, and mention is made of the resurrections, 
verse 2. In the New Testament these are seen to be 1,000 
years apart. Rev. xx. 1-6. One final time-note is given: 
From the profanation of the sanctuary by the man of sin to 
the end of the tribulation sltall be 1,290 days. 

Such is Daniel. Four world-empires, of which Rome shall 
be the last, are to run their course. Rome shall be divided 
and disintegrate. Meantime, and before Rome succeeds fully 
to the world-power, in the fragments of Alexander’s empire 

' Antiochus Epiphanes, a shadow-picture of the last great ad- 
-versary, arises and runs his course. Messiah appears and is 
cut off. An interval unrevealed to Daniel, the church age, 
follows. To the world it is along period of wars and desola- 
tions. At last, out.of the ten kingdoms into which the once 
centralized Roman empire is divided, arises a fearful being 
who becomes earth’s most remorseless tyrant and scourge. 
In the height of his career the Stone cut out without hands, 
Messiah, smites the whole fabric of Gentile sovereignty and it 
falls into ruin, to be followed by the kingdom of the God of 
heaven, the saints of the Most High, the millennium. 


Ill. The Post=Exile Prophets. 


LESSON] AX XH 


HAGGAL. 


1. History oF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 


The three post-exilic prophets, Haggai, Zechariah and Mal- 
--achi, exercised their ministry among the feeble remnant of 


162 PROPHETS: HAGGAI. 


about 50,000 Jews who returned from the Babylonian cap- 
tivity after seventy years of bondage. The student should 
study carefully the books of Ezra and Nehemiah and the local 
and historical references in the three post-exilic prophets. 
Briefly, the remnant was in a condition of extreme weakness 
and even of peril. The task before them was the rebuilding 
of the wall and city of Jerusalem and the reéstablishment of 
the national life and religion. . It is but too evident that while 
there were many heroic sacrifices and much constancy on the 
part of some, the difficulties inseparable from such an under- 
taking were enhanced by divisions and covetousness among 
themselves. To hearten, rebuke and instruct this remnant 
the word of the Lord came by these prophets. To them also 
it was given to confirm the older predictions of future national 
greatness in the kingdom and to complete the Messianic pre- 
diction. 


2. GENERAL REMARKS. 


There is nothing of difficulty in the study of this brief 
prophecy which calls for a general discussion. 


3. ANALYSIS OF THE Book. 


The divisions of Haggai are marked by the formula, ‘‘came 
the word of the Lord by Haggai.” 


Section I. Chapteri. 1-2. This gives the event which 
occasioned the prophecy. Work had ceased on the tem- 
ple and Haggai was sent to stir up the zeal of the people. 
See Ezra v. 1, 2. 


Section II. Chapteri. 3-15. The prophet points out 
evidences of divine displeasure and the cause in the inter- 
rupted work of rebuilding the temple. The message 
proved effectual. f-7 

Section III. Chapterii. 1-9. The prophet calls the old 
men who remembered Solomon’s temple to witness to the 
new generation how greatly that structure exceeded the 
present in magnificence; and he then utters a prophecy 
(verses 7-9) which can only refer to the millennial temple 
described by Ezekiel. It is certain that the restoration 
temple and all subsequent structures including .Herod’s, 








PROPHETS: ZECHARIAH. 163 


were far inferior in costliness and splendor to Solomon’s. 
Verse 6 is quoted in Heb. xii. 26, 27. Verse 7, ‘‘I will 
shake all nations” refers to the great tribulation and is 
followed by the coming of Christ in glory. Matt. xxiv. 
29, 30. ‘‘The desire of all nations” is Christ. 


Section IV. Chapter ii. 10-19. The prophet declares 
the uncleanness of the remnant and the consequent 
chastening of the Lord. | 


Section V. Chapter ii. 20-23. A magnificent reference 
to the victory of the Lord over the nations. (Rev. xix. 
17-20; xiv. 19, 20; Zech. xiv. 1-3.) In that day the 
preciousness of faithful Zerubbabel should be manifested 
This is identical with the thought of Mal. iti. 17. 





MSSSONvrY. 


The Post=Exile Prophets.—continued. 


ZECHARIAH. 


HIsTorRY OF THE PROPHET’S TIME. 
This is identical with that of Haggai (Lesson XXXIX.). 
GENERAL REMARKS. 


In Zechariah the student again encounters much symbolical 
teaching, not infrequently exceedingly difficult of interpreta- 
tion. But these difficulties he chiefly in the section of the 
prophecy which was most local and pertinent to his own time. 
Probably they were perfectly intelligible to his contemporaries. 
But when we reach the section devoted to the great Messi- 
anic predictions these peculiar difficulties almost wholly dis- 


appear. 


164 


3. 


PROPHETS: ZECHARIAH. 


ANALYSIS OF THE BOOK. 


Zechariah falls into two broad and evident divisions: 


Section I. Chapters i. to viii. 
Section II. Chapters ix. to xiv. 


But within these obvious divisions it is difficult to make a 


closer analysis. As with Isaiah, any local incident may fur- 
nish the occasion for a far-reaching Messianic, or national, 
prediction. For the help of the student the following synop- 
sis is given instead of a long and confusing analysis: 


Chapter i. An exhortation to the restored remnant, 
based upon the former sins of Israel and the resultant 
chastisements. The former prophets warned the fathers, 
but they did not heed. Three months later the prophet 
saw a vision. Verse 10 explains it. The earth was at 
ease under its Gentile rulers, and this very ease and sat- 
isfaction in and with a fallen state which was to God a 
mere welter of wickedness and confusion was displeasing 
to Him. He was jealous for Jerusalem. The student 
should bear in mind that the plan of God for the govern- 
ment of this world makes Jerusalem, not Nineveh, or 
Babylon, or Athens, or Rome, the capital. A paraphrase 
of verses 15 and 16 would be: ‘‘And I am displeased with 
the heathen [Gentiles] that are at ease; for I was but a 
little displeased [with my people Israel] and they helped 
forward the affliction [of them]. Therefore [because 
these Gentiles are so ready to afflict my people] I am re- 
turned to Jerusalem with mercies [in bringing back this 
remnant] and [this is but a feeble foretaste of what I shall 
do for Jerusalem in the kingdom age for] my house shall 
[then] be built in it,” etc. Then follows the vision of 
the four horns, explained in verse 19 as being the four 


» _ great Gentile world-powers. (See Dan. ii. and vii.) The © 


carpenters stand for the final wasting of the Gentile do- 
minion. : 
Chapter ii. The prophecy of the future exaltation of 
Jerusalem in the kingdom age. 
Chapter iii. Joshua was the high priest of the restored 
remnant in the prophet’s day. He is shown as justified, 









*) : i—_* 2+ 4 Oe “ss q°2 are) Chortuet ¥ ag 
es e3 ‘ Shite 


<i 
“* 
* + ee . inate 
: ’ " Stertei srw r rer 
« 
. y % iF 
sr ‘ Ae ~ Os hae 
Va 
+ i be 7 
¥ roe 
\~s . ‘ . * y ba 
7% A 
= n* <a 
a 
yu » 
7 : : ‘ ands 
t . 
: co bee 
» ‘ 4 
¢ * i rr 
~ 
¥ . 
-~ a 
. 
*, r Nah | iw oF 4"e4 
« ah ae 2 ‘ 
. 
_ ire * : tn ° : 
» a4 = x 
- . : ~ 
© * 
> 
* en ‘ : 
. ; } “4 
. 
a5 . 
ft ‘ e s 
: 
. 
. * 
R i . ! £35 
. . 
7 * 
y = : Awe 
dm 
. ei we 
py +2 r 
re se eer TR ew! 
x tedeap oN . 
. 
¢ r . . &. ) 
: ; oe 
y CRATS 
‘ 
‘ 
: ~~ : t 
1 . f c 
‘ 
. 
4 crete 
é ' “e c 
~ ; ra 
j : 
on > : « 7 on i" 
: . , rh 4 1 ry - 
. an ' * a ch A uit: : 
as | 4 ‘ . odie “ss 
4 : , 
sy : : - + sy =/* x oa Wy 
2 well . 4 a r Lane 4 De » 
. i : ee 





PROPHETS : ZECHARIAH. 165 


indeed, but in contrast with the Branch in whose day the 
iniquity of the land should be removed and the people 
established in peace and plenty. 

“The Branch” is a prophetic name for Messiah, the 
Christ. Heisthe ‘‘Branch of Jehovah,” signifying His 
deity (Isa. iv. 2), answering to the Gospel according to 
John; ‘‘the man whose name is the Branch” (Zech. vi. 
12), answering to Luke; “‘my Servant the Branch” (Zech. 
ili. 8), answering to Mark; and the ‘‘Branch of David” 
(Jer. xxiii. 5), answering to Matthew. Just as Joshua 
had been cleansed and made fit to be a priest, so Israel, 
when the Branch should be manifested, should be cleansed 
and made fit to be used of God for earthly blessing. 


Chapter iv. This chapter bring's into view the blessing 
of the whole earth. The primary reference is to the 
temple then building by Zerubbabel under great discour- 
agement. ‘‘The hands of Zerubbabel have laid the 
foundation of this house, his hands shall also finish it.” 
That the scene is also prophetical as regards the distant 
future is clear from Rev. xi. 1-8. 


Chapter v. The vision of the flying roll and of the 
ephah. The former indicates the judgment of God upon 
the wicked; the latter, more obscure, seems to remind 
_ Judah that the present restoration is incomplete, being 
under an authority whose seat is Babylon, not Jerusalem. 


Chapter vi. The horses are an obscure reference to 
the Gentile powers. There is great simplicity from verse 
10. Here the prophecy is of Messiah, who shall be an 
enthroned Priest. 

Chapter vii. Again the prophet is bidden to remind 
the people, by reference to former days, of the import- 
ance of prophetic warnings. But the warning goes 
farther. It declares the divine opinion of mere external- 
ities—fastings, praying ‘‘before the Lord,” z. ¢., in the 
temple. ‘‘It is a mistake religious man is ever making, 
that God must be pleased with him if he attend to out- 
ward forms and ceremonies.” (Dennett.) 


_ Chapter viii. One of the most magnificent strophes in 


166 


PROPHETS: ZECHARIAH. 


all prophecy. It transports us into the millennium 
(verses 1-17) and shows (verses 18-23) how the blessing 
shall reach the Gentiles, namely, through the Jews. 


Chapter ix. The eighth chapter having shown the 
blessedness of millennial peace, the prophet in the ninth 
returns and traces, as it were, the steps by which that 
peace is brought in. First, as in all the prophets, the 
near nations are seen under judgment. There is here an 
instance of that which has been often noted, a precursive 
fulfillment. The invasion of the Greeks under Alexander 
wasted the cities mentioned in the precise order here 
given, but the prediction is yet to have a larger fulfill- 
ment in the scenes of war and desolation in the Holy Land, 
in which the present age will close and in the midst of 
which Messiah will appear, as recorded in chapter xiv. 


Chapter x. The ‘‘latter rain” is the effusion of the 
Spirit predicted by Joel. Pentecost was part of that— 
the ‘‘early rain.” The beginning of the kingdom is to be 
marked by the ‘‘latter rain;” the ‘‘residue of Spirit.” 
(See xii. 10) The rest of the chapter refers to the regath- 
ering of Judah. 

Chapter xi. The two symbolic staves, ‘‘beauty” and 
‘‘bands,’”’ should rather be ‘‘graciousness” and ‘‘union” 
the first signifying God’s attitude toward His people; the 
second, His purpose to reunite Judah and Israel. In all 
this the prophet personates Christ, as we know from the 
quotation of verses 12, 13 in Matt. xxvii. 10. Christ at 
His first advent came with ‘‘graciousness” to effect 
‘‘inion.” He was rejected and sold for a slave’s price, 
thirty pieces of silver. 


Chapter xii. The scene is now Jerusalem, in the day 
when all nations shall be gathered against her (xiv. 2) 
and when the Lord shall appear for her deliverance. 
Afterward the Spirit will be poured out, and convicted 
Judah, seeing the Pierced One, will sorrow unto repent- 
ance. The time is the very earliest days of the future 
kingdom. 


Chapters xiii. and xiv. continue and complete the picture 


CD) aan 
Siege Bee 


Ae hep 








PROPHETS: MALACHI. 167 


of the glorious appearing of the Lord (Matt. xxiv. 29, 30, 
etc.); His victory over the nations, the regathering and 
conversion of Judah and Israel, and the establishment of 
the millennial kingdom. 
Zechariah thus sums up all prophecy: 
1. He interprets the past chastisements of Israel. 
2. He predicts the first advent of the King (ix. 9). 
3. The rejection and crucifixion of the King (xi. 12, 
b30x011.265 7): 
4, The glorious second advent of the King (xiv. 3-5). 
5. The full establishment of the kingdom. 





LESSON XLT, 


The Post=Exile Prophets.—cConcluded. 


ee 


MALACHI. 


} History or THE PROPHET’S TIME. 

Malachi probably prophesied during the absence of Nehe- 
miah at the court of Artaxerxes (Neh. xiii. 6), during which 
time there was much confusion and backsliding. 

2 GENERAL REMARKS. | 

The prophecy is so simple that it can scarcely be necessary 

to offer any general remarks. 
3. ANALYSIS OF THE BOOK. 

The book is in four natural divisions: 

Section I. Introduction. i. 1-5. The love of God for 
Judah. 

Section II. Denunciation of the sins of the priests. 
6. t0.i1,/9:; 


168 PROPHETS: MALACHI, 


Section 1{I. Denunciation of the sins of the people. 
li. 10 to iii. 18. 
section IV. The day of the Lord. 
The Messianic promises are: | 
Chapter iii. 1-3. The Messenger of the Covenant. 
Chapter iv. 2. The Sun of Righteousness. 
Both references are to His second advent, at the end of 


the tribulation. That coming will be preceded by the 
sending of Elijah, of whom John Baptist was the adumbra.- 


tion. (iv. 5. 6: Rev. xi. 3-6.) 








EXAMINATION. | 


SECTION Il, PART 4. 


THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 


Before beginning this examination read Instructions to 
Students, page 4. 


-*-1. Describe the function and office of an Old Testament 
prophet. 


2. Give references to the writings of Isaiah, Jeremiah, Joel 
and Zechariah to illustrate the various phases of the prophetic 
ministry. 


3. Write from memory the names of the age. prophets 
of the Old Testament. 


GRACE THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 
WINONA LAKE, INDIANA 


170 EXAMINATION : PROPHETS, 


4, What 1s meant by “Israel” in distinction from Judah? 
5. Write from memory the names of the prophets of Israel 
before the exile. | 
6. Who prophesied to Israel during the exile? 
7. Has the exile of Israel yet ended? 
8. Where are the ten tribes now?: 
9. Write from memory the names of the prophets of Judan 
before the exile. 
10. How long was Judah left in the land after the deporta- 
tion of Israel? 
11. Write from memory the names of the prophets of the 
exile. | 
12. Of what tribes were they? 
13. Write from memory the names of the post-exile prophets. 
14. Of what tribes were they? 
15. Write from memory the great themes of predictive 
prophecy. 
16. Give references to the rine of Isaiah, Jeremiah, 
Ezekiel, Hosea and Zechariah to illustrate each of these themes. 
1%. Give three references to illustrate predictions which have 
double fulfillments. | 
18. Give references to Old Testament prophecies of the 
church, 
19. Give the list of subjects about which Jeremiah utters 
predictions. 


20. What proof is there that Jonah was a real person, and | 


that the book is historical? 
21. Of what tribe was Amos? 
22. What does he predict concerning the future of the Jews? 
23. Which of his prophecies refers to Christ? 
24. Of what tribe was Hosea? 
25. Which of his predictions have been fulfilled? 
-26. What has Hosea to say of the ultimate future of the 
Jewish people? 
27... Who were the Edomites? 
28. What prophet first mentions ‘‘the day of the Lord?” 
29. What is the character of the ‘‘day of the Lord?” 
30. Who among the Old Testament prophets describes the 
“day of the Lord” most fully? 
31. Has the ‘‘day of the Lord” yet come? 
32. Give the passages in Isaiah referring to Christ. 


~~ 
SE ee a na 








EXAMINATION : PROPHETS, 171 


33. What does Isaiah say concerning the establishment of 
Christ’s kingdom as to: 
(1) The king’s ancestry? | 
(2) The nature of His rule? ~“* 
(3) The place of His rule? 
(4) The capital of the kingdom? 
34. What does Isaiah say as to the purpose of the sufferings 
of Christ? 
35. Of whom is ‘‘the remnant” composed? 
36. Give passages in the prophets which speak of ‘‘the rem- 
nant” in the times before Christ? 
37. Give passages which refer to the remnant in times yet 
future. 
38. What is the distinction between ‘‘the acceptable year of 
the Lord” and ‘‘the day of vengeance” in Isaiah 1xi.? 
39. State in your own words the substance of Micah’s de- 
scription of the future kingdom. 
40. What great prophecy concerning Christ does Micah utter? 
41. What great doctrinal sayings are found in Habakkuk? 
42. What does Zephaniah say of ‘‘the day of the Lord?” 
43. When did Jeremiah’s ministry begin? 
44, How long continue? | 
45. State briefly in your own words the personal history of 
Jeremiah. : 
46, Give your estimate of Jeremiah’s character. 
47. Describe in your own words what is predicted in Jer. xxiii. 
48. Where did Ezekiel prophesy? 
49. What are the living creatures of Ezekiel’s prophecy? 
50. Where are seraphim mentioned in the prophets? 
51. In what respects are they like cherubim? 
52. What is said (giving chapter and verse) of David in 
Ezekiel? | 
53. Give in your own words an explanation of Ezek. xxxvii. 
54. To what period of time does Ezek. xl.—xlviti. refer? 
55. Who was Daniel? 
56. Where did he prophesy? 
5%. Give your estimate of his character? 
58. Is there anything in his writings to indicate that he was 
a sinner? 
59. When did the ‘‘times of the Gentiles” begin? 
60. When are they predicted to end? 


172 EXAMINATION : PROPHETS. 


61. What is meant by ‘‘times of the Gentiles?” 
62. What world-monarchies are signified by the vision of 
Nebuchadnezzar? 
63. How does this differ from the beast-vision of Daniel? 
64. What is the last of the four great world-empires? 
65. What is its final form? 
66. When does the God of heaven set up His kingdom? 
67. What means are to be taken to set up the kingdom? 
68. Has the image been smitten as yet? 
69. Are Jews or Gentiles supreme in government on the 
earth now? 
70. What does Daniel say of a personage called ‘‘little horn?”’ 
71. Does he speak of more than one ‘‘little horn?” 
72. Had the ‘‘abomination of desolation’? been seen in the 
holy place up to the time of Christ? 
72b. Give in your own words an interpretation of Dan. it. 
%3. Give the explanation of Dan. vii. | 
74. To whom did the post-exile prophets minister? 
75. Who is ‘‘the Branch” of Zech. ii1.? 
76. Who is meant by ‘‘the man that is my fellow” of Zech. 
Xili. 
77. What do the post-exile prophets say concerning the 
events of ‘‘the day of the Lord?” 
78. Does Zechariah predict in more than one passage the 
advent of Christ? 
79. Have both been fulfilled? 
80. Give in your own words the order of predicted events in 
Zech. xii., xili., xiv. 
81. Describe in your own words the testimony of the proph- 
ets concerning a coming kingdom as to: 
(1) The king. 
(2) The place of rule. 
(8) The subjects of the kingdom. 
(4) The way the kingdom is to be set up. 
(5) What precedes the kingdom. | 
82. Describe in your own words the prophetic predictions 
concerning Christ as to: 
_ (1) The place of His birth. 
(2) His ancestry. 
(3) Tjhe cause of His sufferings. 
(4) The nature of His.exaltation. 














¥ | 


- 


; 
ca x: Be Se . 
a . 7 


ZO a eS Ree tom a 3 











a) 
WNT ay AY te 
: sie aN 


fk , vs 


OF 
bs “ 





ie